Category: Trade

MIL-OSI: Cyabra Launches AI-Powered ‘Insights’ Feature, Safeguarding Brands and Governments Against AI-Driven Digital Disinformation
Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)
- False news stories are 70% more likely to be shared than true stories across digital platforms, and experts predict disinformation will become the top challenge for public and private sectors worldwide in 2025.
- Cyabra’s Insights feature equips organizations to quickly and confidently detect and comprehend digital threats.
New York, NY, Feb. 05, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Cyabra Ltd. (“Cyabra”), a leading AI platform for real-time disinformation detection, introduces Insights, a powerful new AI-feature designed to transform complex social media disinformation data into clear, actionable answers in seconds.

False narratives, fake accounts, and AI-generated content are spreading faster than ever, costing businesses and governments billions annually and eroding public trust and reputations. With AI-generated disinformation spreading six times faster than the truth—especially during high-stakes events like elections and holiday seasons—the need for rapid-response tools has never been more critical.

Insights takes the complexity out of disinformation detection by breaking down Cyabra’s robust data findings into intuitive visuals and an automated Q&A format. In response to users’ most common requests and questions, Insights empowers brands and governments to quickly uncover harmful narratives, identify fake accounts (bots), and understand how false content spreads—saving time, resources, and reputations during critical moments.

“Every second matters when identifying and countering disinformation,” said Dan Brahmy, CEO and co-founder of Cyabra. “Insights turns vast amounts of data into clear, actionable knowledge, empowering our clients to uncover the real story behind the data and respond before the damage is done. It’s like having an expert analyst at your fingertips.”

Key Features of Insights:
1. Automated Disinformation Analysis: Identifies bots, fake profiles, and harmful narratives without manual input.
2. Clear, Actionable Visuals: Unveils trends, patterns, and key metrics with heatmaps and charts that anyone can understand.
3. User-Friendly Q&A Format: Answers critical questions about disinformation scans in seconds, helping users decide their next steps with confidence.
“Clients often ask, ‘What’s next?’ when confronting disinformation,” said Yossef Daar, CPO and co-founder of Cyabra. “Insights takes the guesswork out of analysis, giving users a straightforward, visual way to see where false narratives are spreading, who’s behind them, and what’s driving engagement. This enables them to respond to digital threats faster and more effectively.”

During beta testing, Insights enabled:
- A Fortune 500 company to neutralize reputational damage in minutes after detecting a disinformation spike about its CEO.
- A government agency to uncover and disrupt hashtags fueling disinformation campaigns, enabling quicker interventions.
Insights is now available on Cyabra’s platform.

Cyabra has entered into a business combination agreement (the “Business Combination Agreement”) with Trailblazer Merger Corporation I (NASDAQ: TBMC) (“Trailblazer”), a blank-check special-purpose acquisition company.

About Cyabra
Cyabra Strategy Ltd. (“Cyabra”) is a real-time AI-powered platform that uncovers and analyzes online disinformation and misinformation by uncovering fake profiles, harmful narratives, and GenAI content across social media and digital news channels. Cyabra’s AI protects corporations and governments against brand reputation risks, election manipulation, foreign interference, and other online threats. Cyabra’s platform leverages proprietary algorithms and NLP solutions, gathering and analyzing publicly available data to provide clear, actionable insights and real-time alerts that inform critical decision-making. Cyabra uncovers the good, bad, and fake online.

For more information, visit www.cyabra.com.

Media Contact:
Jill Burkes
Jill@cyabra.com
Signal Contact: Jillabra.24

Investor Relations Contact:
Miri Segal
MS-IR
msegal@ms-ir.com

About Trailblazer
Trailblazer Merger Corporation I (Nasdaq: TBMC) is a blank check company formed and entered into a merger, shared exchange, asset acquisition, stock purchase, recapitalization, reorganization, or other similar business combination with one or more businesses or entities. For more information, visit: www.trailblazermergercorp.com

Forward-Looking Statements
This press release contains certain forward-looking statements within the meaning of the federal securities laws with respect to certain products that will be the subject of a proposed transaction between Trailblazer Merger Corporation I (“Trailblazer”) and Cyabra Strategy Ltd. (“Cyabra”). All statements other than statements of historical facts contained in this press release, including statements regarding Cyabra’s business strategy, products, research and development costs, plans and objectives of management for future operations, and future results of current and anticipated product offerings, are forward-looking statements. These forward-looking statements generally are identified by the words “believe,” “project,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “estimate,” “intend,” “strategy,” “future,” “opportunity,” “plan,” “may,” “should,” “will,” “would,” “will be,” “will continue,” “will likely result,” and similar expressions. These forward-looking statements are subject to a number of risks, uncertainties and assumptions, including, but not limited to, the following risks relating to the proposed transaction: the ability to complete the Business Combination or, if Trailblazer does not consummate such Business Combination, any other initial business combination; expectations regarding Cyabra’s strategies and future financial performance, including its future business plans or objectives, prospective performance and opportunities and competitors, revenues, products and services, pricing, operating expenses, market trends, liquidity, cash flows and uses of cash, capital expenditures, and Cyabra’s ability to invest in growth initiatives and pursue acquisition opportunities; the occurrence of any event, change or other circumstances that could give rise to the termination of the Business Combination Agreement; the outcome of any legal proceedings that may be instituted against Trailblazer or Cyabra following announcement of the Business Combination Agreement and the transactions contemplated therein; the inability to complete the proposed Business Combination due to, among other things, the failure to obtain Trailblazer stockholder approval; the risk that the announcement and consummation of the proposed Business Combination disrupts Cyabra’s current operations and future plans; the ability to recognize the anticipated benefits of the proposed Business Combination; unexpected costs related to the proposed Business Combination; the amount of any redemptions by existing holders of Trailblazer’s common stock being greater than expected; limited liquidity and trading of Trailblazer’s securities; geopolitical risk and changes in applicable laws or regulations; the size of the addressable markets for Cyabra’s products and services; the possibility that Trailblazer and/or Cyabra may be adversely affected by other economic, business, and/or competitive factors; the ability to obtain and/or maintain the listing of Combined Company’s Common Stock on Nasdaq following the Business Combination; operational risk; and the risks that the consummation of the proposed Business Combination is substantially delayed or does not occur.

Important Information for Investors and Stockholders
Trailblazer will file a registration statement on Form S-4 with the SEC, which will include a proxy statement for Trailblazer’s stockholders and a prospectus related to the securities of the combined company. After the registration statement is declared effective, the proxy statement/prospectus will be sent to all Trailblazer stockholders.

INVESTORS AND STOCKHOLDERS OF TRAILBLAZER ARE URGED TO READ THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT, PROXY STATEMENT/PROSPECTUS, AND OTHER RELEVANT DOCUMENTS FILED OR TO BE FILED WITH THE SEC CAREFULLY WHEN THEY BECOME AVAILABLE, AS THEY WILL CONTAIN IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THE TRANSACTION AND THE PARTIES INVOLVED.

Once filed, free copies of these documents can be obtained from the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov. Additional information about Trailblazer can be found on its website at www.trailblazermergercorp.com or by contacting info@trailblazermergercorp.com.

Participants in the Solicitation
Cyabra, Trailblazer, and their respective directors and executive officers may be deemed participants in the solicitation of proxies from Trailblazer stockholders regarding the transaction. Information about Trailblazer’s directors and executive officers and their ownership of Trailblazer’s securities is set forth in Trailblazer’s most recent Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the SEC, as modified or supplemented by any Form 3 or Form 4 filed with the SEC since the date of such filing. Other information regarding the interests of the participants in the proxy solicitation will be included in the proxy statement/prospectus pertaining to the proposed Transactions when it becomes available.

No Offer or Solicitation
This press release does not constitute an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy any securities, or a solicitation of any vote or approval. No sale of securities shall occur in any jurisdiction in which such offer, solicitation, or sale would be unlawful before registration or qualification under applicable laws.

The MIL Network –
February 6, 2025
MIL-OSI: American Rebel CEO Andy Ross to Appear on ABC-TV Tampa Weekday Morning Show Morning Blend
Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

Appearance Scheduled to Air on Friday, February 7 Broadcast Between 10 – 11 am Eastern

Nashville, TN, Feb. 05, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — American Rebel Holdings, Inc. (NASDAQ: AREB) (“American Rebel” or the “Company”), creator of American Rebel Beer (americanrebelbeer.com) and a designer, manufacturer, and marketer of branded safes, personal security and self-defense products and apparel (americanrebel.com), is excited to announce that its CEO Andy Ross will appear on the Friday, February 7 broadcast of Morning Blend (abcactionnews.com/morning-blend) on ABC Action News Tampa. Andy’s segment will appear between 10- 11 am Eastern Standard Time. Andy will promote the SCAG Power Equipment PRO Superstar Shootout (prosuperstarshootout.com) and his Saturday concert appearance on the American Rebel Beer stage near the starting line at the conclusion of racing, discuss the company’s sponsorship of Tony Stewart Racing’s Funny Car driven by Matt Hagan and the ongoing launch of American Rebel Beer.

“The PRO Superstar Shootout is the Pro Bowl of the NHRA drag racing season,” said Andy Ross. “Last year’s debut event was a massive success and American Rebel and I are honored to participate. The PRO Superstar Shootout is a chance for the race teams to have some friendly competition and a dress rehearsal for the NHRA season. There’s nothing better than a weekend at the track, except a weekend at the track with an after party. I can’t wait to play my brand of country patriotic rock ‘n’ roll for these great fans.”

“Coming to Florida to support the PRO Superstar Shootout and the Matt Hagan Dodge//SRT Hellcat American Rebel Light Funny Car is very important for American Rebel,” continued Andy Ross. “We recently had a launch party for American Rebel Beer in Nashville at Kid Rock’s bar on Broadway and Tony, Matt and some of the other Tony Stewart Racing Team folks came into town to support us…it meant the world to me and our company. It’s more than business, it’s family.”

“I can’t wait to unleash the American Rebel Beer Funny Car with Andy Ross at Bradenton,” said Matt Hagan. “Andy and the American Rebel Beer Team are going full throttle as they launch a new premium domestic light beer. We’re proud to promote his brand and watch them expand into more states and bars nationwide. I’m honored to represent them and stand behind their bold American spirit.”

“It’s always a good time when Andy plays a concert at the racetrack,” continued Matt Hagan. “He likes to rock and that suits us just fine.”

About American Rebel Light Beer

Produced in partnership with AlcSource, American Rebel Light Beer (americanrebelbeer.com) is a premium domestic light lager celebrated for its exceptional quality and patriotic values. It stands out as America’s Patriotic, God-Fearing, Constitution-Loving, National Anthem-Singing, Stand Your Ground Beer.

American Rebel Light is a Premium Domestic Light Lager Beer – All Natural, Crisp, Clean and Bold Taste with a Lighter Feel. With approximately 100 calories, 3.2 carbohydrates, and 4.3% alcoholic content per 12 oz serving, American Rebel Light Beer delivers a lighter option for those who love great beer but prefer a more balanced lifestyle. It’s all natural with no added supplements and importantly does not use corn, rice, or other sweeteners typically found in mass produced beers.

About Tony Stewart Racing (TSR) Nitro

As tenacious as Stewart is in the cockpit of a racecar, he’s proven equally adept at providing cars and equipment for racing’s elite. The three-time NASCAR Cup Series champion can also list 31 owners’ titles to his resume, from NASCAR to USAC to the World of Outlaws Sprint Car Series. In 2023 Stewart earned his 31st owner title when Matt Hagan and the TSR Funny Car team earned the championship on November 11th. His team, Tony Stewart Racing, fields a powerhouse lineup in the NHRA Mission Foods Drag Racing Series with Tony in Top Fuel and Matt Hagan in Funny Car. After more than four decades of racing around in circles, Stewart has embarked on a straight and narrow path, albeit at more than 300 mph. For more information on TSR Nitro go to tsrnitro.com.

About American Rebel Holdings, Inc.

American Rebel Holdings, Inc. (NASDAQ: AREB) has operated primarily as a designer, manufacturer and marketer of branded safes and personal security and self-defense products and has recently transitioned into the beverage industry through the introduction of American Rebel Light Beer. The Company also designs and produces branded apparel and accessories. To learn more, visit www.americanrebel.com and www.americanrebelbeer.com. For investor information, visit www.americanrebel.com/investor-relations .

American Rebel Holdings, Inc.
info@americanrebel.com

American Rebel Beverages, LLC
Todd Porter, President
tporter@americanrebelbeer.com

Forward-Looking Statements

This press release contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. American Rebel Holdings, Inc., (NASDAQ: AREB; AREBW) (the “Company,” “American Rebel,” “we,” “our” or “us”) desires to take advantage of the safe harbor provisions of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 and is including this cautionary statement in connection with this safe harbor legislation. The words “forecasts” “believe,” “may,” “estimate,” “continue,” “anticipate,” “intend,” “should,” “plan,” “could,” “target,” “potential,” “is likely,” “expect” and similar expressions, as they relate to us, are intended to identify forward-looking statements. We have based these forward-looking statements primarily on our current expectations and projections about future events and financial trends that we believe may affect our financial condition, results of operations, business strategy, and financial needs. Important factors that could cause actual results to differ from those in the forward-looking statements include benefits of marketing outreach efforts, actual placement timing and availability of American Rebel Beer, success and availability of the promotional activities, our ability to effectively execute our business plan, and the Risk Factors contained within our filings with the SEC, including our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2023. Any forward-looking statement made by us herein speaks only as of the date on which it is made. Factors or events that could cause our actual results to differ may emerge from time to time, and it is not possible for us to predict all of them. We undertake no obligation to publicly update any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future developments or otherwise, except as may be required by law.

Company Contact:
tporter@americanrebelbeer.com
info@americanrebel.com

Attachment
- American Rebel Holdings Inc
The MIL Network –
February 6, 2025

MIL-OSI: Dayforce Reports Fourth Quarter and Full Year 2024 Results1

Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

Dayforce® recurring revenue of $347.9 million, up 19% year-over-year in the fourth quarter

Total revenue of $465.2 million, up 16% year-over-year in the fourth quarter

Full year 2024 net cash provided by operating activities of $281.1 million, up 28%

Annual Dayforce gross revenue retention rate of 98%

MINNEAPOLIS and TORONTO, Feb. 05, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Dayforce, Inc. (“Dayforce” or the “Company”) (NYSE:DAY) (TSX:DAY), a global leader in human capital management (“HCM”) technology, today announced its financial results for the fourth quarter and fiscal year ended December 31, 2024.

“2024 was a year of outstanding progress and innovation for Dayforce. We launched the Dayforce brand, maintained our product positioning as leaders in HCM, and drove significant innovation to help our customers achieve their best work,” said David Ossip, Chair and CEO of Dayforce. “We are optimistic about 2025 as current and prospective customers continue to recognize the value the Dayforce platform provides as they streamline HCM processes and navigate compliance complexities.”

“The fourth quarter of 2024 was the strongest sales quarter in our history – helping us close out a successful year with robust growth across both new business and add-on sales,” said Stephen Holdridge, President and COO of Dayforce. “We saw a healthy mix of enterprise, major-market, and global sales on top of annual gross retention rate of 98% – another company record. This momentum, alongside the strength of our sales pipeline, gives us great confidence in our right to continue winning in 2025.”

“Looking out to 2025, we plan to continue executing on the vision laid out during our November investor day, operating the business for optimal cash generation while maintaining our pace of innovation and high levels of customer success,” said Jeremy Johnson, CFO of Dayforce. “I’m pleased that we are starting the year with demonstrable progress toward our profitability goals, raising our 2025 Adjusted EBITDA guidance 100 basis points to 32%.”

Financial Highlights for the Fourth Quarter 2024¹

Total revenue was $465.2 million, an increase of 16.4%, or 17.0% on a constant currency basis.
Dayforce recurring revenue was $347.9 million, an increase of 19.1%, or 19.5% on a constant currency basis. Excluding float revenue, Dayforce recurring revenue was $307.6 million, an increase of 20.0%, or 20.4% on a constant currency basis.
Cloud recurring gross margin was 80.0%, compared to 77.0%, an increase of 3.0 percentage points. Adjusted Cloud recurring gross margin was 80.4%, compared to 78.1%, an increase of 2.3 percentage points.
Operating profit was $28.5 million, compared to $38.8 million. Adjusted operating profit was $103.3 million, compared to $78.9 million.
Net income was $10.8 million, compared to $45.6 million. Adjusted net income was $97.1 million, compared to $80.3 million.
Adjusted EBITDA was $129.2 million, compared to $99.2 million. Adjusted EBITDA margin was 27.8%, compared to 24.8%, an increase of 3.0 percentage points.
Diluted net income per share was $0.07, compared to $0.29. Adjusted diluted net income per share was $0.60, compared to $0.50.

Financial Highlights for the Full Year 2024¹

Total revenue was $1,760.0 million, an increase of 16.3%, or 16.7% on a constant currency basis.
Dayforce recurring revenue was $1,339.9 million, an increase of 20.6%, or 20.8% on a constant currency basis. Excluding float revenue, Dayforce recurring revenue was $1,159.7 million, an increase of 20.4%, or 20.7% on a constant currency basis.
Cloud annualized recurring revenue (“ARR”) was $1,474.1 million, an increase of 17.9%, or $223.5 million.²
Cloud recurring gross margin was 78.9%, compared to 77.0%, an increase of 1.9 percentage points. Adjusted Cloud recurring gross margin was 79.8%, compared to 78.3%, an increase of 1.5 percentage points.
Operating profit was $104.1 million, compared to $133.1 million. Adjusted operating profit was $410.5 million, compared to $339.8 million.
Annual Dayforce gross revenue retention rate was 98.0% for the full year of 2024, compared to 97.1%.²
Net income was $18.1 million, compared to $54.8 million. Adjusted net income was $315.8 million, compared to $238.7 million.
Adjusted EBITDA was $501.5 million, compared to $410.2 million. Adjusted EBITDA margin was 28.5%, compared to 27.1%, an increase of 1.4 percentage points.
Diluted net income per share was $0.11, compared to $0.35. Adjusted diluted net income per share was $1.97, compared to $1.51.
Net cash provided by operating activities was $281.1 million, compared to $219.5 million.
Free cash flow was $171.5 million, compared to $105.1 million. Free cash flow margin was 9.7%, compared to 6.9%, an increase of 2.8 percentage points.
Cash and equivalents were $579.7 million, compared to $570.3 million.

Supplemental Detail

7.62 million global employees were live on the Dayforce platform as of December 31, 2024, up 11.4% compared to 6.84 million global employees as of December 31, 2023.³
6,876 customers were live on the Dayforce platform as of December 31, 2024, an increase of 146 customers since September 30, 2024 and an increase of 483 customers since December 31, 2023, or 7.6% year-over-year.³
Dayforce recurring revenue per customer was $163,101 for the trailing twelve months ended December 31, 2024, an increase of 11.1%.⁴
The average float balance for Dayforce’s customer funds during the quarter was $4.68 billion and the average yield on Dayforce’s float balance was 3.8%, a decrease of 10 basis points year-over-year. Float revenue from invested customer funds was $45.1 million for the three months ended December 31, 2024.
The average U.S. dollar to Canadian dollar foreign exchange rate was $1.40 for the three months ended December 31, 2024, compared to $1.36 for the three months ended December 31, 2023. Dayforce presents percentage change in revenue on a constant currency basis in order to exclude the effect of foreign currency rate fluctuations, which it believes is useful to management and investors. Percentage change in revenue was calculated on a constant currency basis by applying the average foreign exchange rate in effect during the comparable prior period.

¹ The financial highlights are on a year-over-year basis, unless otherwise stated. All financial results are reported in United States (“U.S.”) dollars and in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the U.S. (“GAAP”), unless otherwise stated.
² Excluding Ascender and eloomi.
³ Excluding Ascender, ADAM HCM, and eloomi.
⁴ Excluding float revenue, Ascender, ADAM HCM, and eloomi revenue, and on a constant currency basis. Please refer to the “Non-GAAP Financial Measures” section for discussion of percentage change in revenue on a constant currency basis.

Business Highlights

The Company launched its first mass advertising campaign across the U.S. after uniting its global brand as Dayforce.
Dayforce announced the launch of the Dayforce Partner Network to create growth opportunities and provide an exceptional experience for customers.
Dayforce was named a Leader in the IDC MarketScape – Worldwide Cloud-Enabled Human Capital Management 2024 Vendor Assessment and a Leader in the Nucleus Research Full Suite Talent Acquisition Technology Value Matrix 2024.
Dayforce won the gold medal and was named a Leader in Software Reviews Data Quadrant Awards for both HCM Enterprise Software and WFM Enterprise Software and was recognized by Constellation Research for excellence in Workforce Management Suites, HCM Suites with a North American Focus, Global HCM Suites, and Payroll for North American SMBs.
For the second consecutive year, Dayforce was named by Newsweek magazine and the Best Practice Institute as one of the Top 100 Most Loved Workplaces in America, made Computerworld’s list of Best Places to Work in IT, and earned a place on the United Kingdom’s (“U.K.”) Most Loved Workplace list.
Dayforce achieved record attendance at Dayforce Discover 2024, its annual customer conference in Las Vegas, where it welcomed its global community of customers, prospective customers, partners, and industry disruptors.

Sales Highlights

A large member-owned retail cooperative selected the full Dayforce suite to support all 66,000 employees at 362 stores across nine states in the U.S.
A large global manufacturer and distributor of paints and coatings supporting 60,000 employees has expanded its partnership with Dayforce Payroll and Workforce Management for its regions beyond the U.S.
A global air services provider with over 48,000 employees across 35 countries has expanded its partnership with Dayforce to its U.S. operations. The company, which employs 3,200 in the U.S., has purchased the full suite of Dayforce products, including Managed Payroll.
A space exploration company selected Dayforce Payroll and Time and Attendance to support its 18,000 employees.
A global manufacturer of construction equipment selected Dayforce for Managed Payroll and Time and Attendance, supporting 6,500 employees and 500 pensioners globally.
A large Indigenous organization in the U.S. selected the full Dayforce suite to support 5,000 employees across Arizona, New Mexico, Utah, and Colorado.
A specialty food distributor with 5,000 employees across the U.S. and Canada has expanded its Dayforce partnership to include Advanced Experience Hub, Succession Planning, Co-Pilot, Career Explorer, Engagement, and Talent Acquisition Management.
A global beverage company has expanded its partnership with Dayforce choosing Time and Managed Payroll, to support 3,100 employees across the United States and Canada.
A global leader specializing in radiation detection, measurement, and monitoring solutions opted for the full Dayforce HCM suite to support its 3,000 employees globally.

Customer Highlights

A global aviation services provider with over 55,000 employees across 36 countries has successfully gone live with Dayforce HR and Payroll for 8,000 employees in the U.K. and plans to continue its global rollout of the platform.
A leading American entertainment company with 23,000 employees successfully launched Dayforce Talent – Performance, Learning, Compensation, and Succession Planning – across its U.S. operations.
A leading U.K. contract catering and support services provider successfully implemented Dayforce HR and Payroll for its 10,500 employees.
A large public sector organization in North Carolina has gone live with Dayforce HR, Payroll, Benefits, Time, and People Analytics to support 8,000 employees.
A U.S gaming and digital entertainment company has successfully gone live with Dayforce HR, Payroll, Time and People Analytics, supporting 5,800 employees across the U.S. and Canada.
A global cybersecurity company has gone live with Dayforce HR, Payroll, and Time and Attendance, supporting 2,900 employees across the U.S.
A leading U.S. based commercial real estate company has successfully implemented Dayforce, using HR, Managed Payroll, Managed Benefits, Time and Talent to support its 2,650 employees.

Product Roadmap Highlights

In the fourth quarter, Dayforce continued to set a new standard for the HCM industry by bringing product capabilities to market to help organizations invest in their people and push their businesses forward.

900+ compliance updates in 2024 further strengthen the company’s industry-leading position in compliance by addressing taxes, workers’ compensation, garnishments, dependent care, and multiple state and city rate changes.
New intelligence capabilities across the Dayforce suite will help customers simplify and accelerate business processes including:
- Dayforce Co-Pilot, made generally available to all customers in Q4, optimizes people operations by enabling a more informed, empowered, and productive workforce through a powerful GenAI assistant that is personalized to answer contextual questions, summarize data, and provide step-by-step guidance.
- Dayforce Artificial Intelligence (“AI”) Agents, announced at Dayforce Discover, will help customers accelerate workflows, efficiencies, and decision-making by automating repetitive tasks across the employee lifecycle.
- AI-enhanced Dayforce Demand Forecasting, a new capability, better predicts demand and labor needs by delivering AI-enhanced insights through machine learning algorithms to help organizations plan more effectively.
- Dayforce Workforce Insights, a new feature, provides critical workforce insights and serves as a one-stop shop for people leaders.
Dayforce Shift Marketplace supercharges staffing mobility by enabling workers to search for, select, and fill open shifts, right from their mobile device. Shift Marketplace provides workers with the up-front information required to understand their role, work, and compensation.
Dayforce Talent enhancements elevate the experience for talent acquisition professionals by enabling them to hire at scale, reduce complexities in recruitment, and view qualified candidates quickly and efficiently.
Dayforce Wallet updates include new direct-to-bank functionality with the option to continue to access available pay using Dayforce Wallet or to choose to send pay directly to another personal bank account and expanded access to on-demand pay using Dayforce Mobile.

Business Outlook

Based on information available as of February 5, 2025, Dayforce is issuing the following guidance for the full year and first quarter of 2025 as indicated below. Comparisons are on a year-over-year basis, unless stated otherwise.

First Quarter 2025 Guidance

Total revenue, excluding float, of $421 million to $427 million, an increase of approximately 13.5% to 15% on a GAAP basis, or approximately 15.5% to 17% on a constant currency basis.
Float revenue of $53 million.
Adjusted EBITDA margin of 31% to 32%.

Full Year 2025 Guidance

Total revenue, excluding float, of $1,745 million to $1,760 million, an increase of approximately 11.9% to 12.8% on a GAAP basis, or approximately 14% to 15% on a constant currency basis.
Dayforce recurring revenue, excluding float, of $1,315 million to $1,340 million, an increase of approximately 13.4% to 15.5% on a GAAP basis, or approximately 15% to 17% on a constant currency basis.
Float revenue of $180 million.
Adjusted EBITDA margin of 32%.
Free cash flow margin of 12%.

Please refer to the “Reconciliation of GAAP to Non-GAAP Financial Measures” section for a reconciliation of Dayforce’s free cash flow margin guidance. Dayforce has not reconciled the Adjusted EBITDA margin ranges for the first quarter or full year of 2025 to the directly comparable GAAP financial measures because applicable information for the future period, on which these reconciliations would be based, is not available without unreasonable efforts due to uncertainty regarding, and the potential variability of, depreciation and amortization, share-based compensation expense and related employer taxes, changes in foreign currency exchange rates, and other items.

Foreign Exchange

For the first quarter and full year of 2025, Dayforce’s guidance assumes an average U.S. dollar to key foreign currencies as follows:

	% of 2024 total revenue	Foreign exchange rate assumed in guidance	Foreign exchange rate in Q1 2024	Foreign exchange rate in FY 2024
U.S. dollar to Canadian dollar	21%	1.44	1.35	1.37
U.S. dollar to Australian dollar	4%	1.61	1.52	1.52
U.S. dollar to Great British pound	3%	0.81	0.79	0.78

Conference Call Details

Dayforce will host a live webcast and conference call to discuss the fourth quarter and full year 2024 earnings at 8:00 a.m. Eastern Time on February 5, 2025. Those wishing to participate via the webcast should access the call through the Investor Relations section of the Dayforce website. Those wishing to participate via the telephone may dial in at 877-497-9071 (USA) or 201-689-8727 (International). The webcast replay will be available through the Investor Relations section of the Dayforce website.

About Dayforce

Dayforce makes work life better. Everything we do as a global leader in HCM technology is focused on improving work for thousands of customers and millions of employees around the world. Our single, global people platform for HR, Pay, Time, Talent, and Analytics equips Dayforce customers to unlock their full workforce potential and operate with confidence. To learn how Dayforce helps create quantifiable value for organizations of all sizes and industries, visit dayforce.com.

Forward-Looking Statements

This press release contains forward-looking statements that are subject to risks and uncertainties. All statements other than statements of historical fact or relating to present facts or current conditions included in this press release are forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements give Dayforce’s current expectations and projections relating to its financial condition, results of operations, plans, objectives, future performance, and business. Users can identify forward-looking statements by the fact that they do not relate strictly to historical or current facts. Forward-looking statements in this press release include statements relating to the full year and first quarter of 2025, as well as those relating to future growth initiatives. These statements may include words such as “anticipate,” “estimate,” “expect,” “assume”, “project,” “seek,” “plan,” “intend,” “believe,” “will,” “may,” “could,” “continue,” “likely,” “should,” and other words and terms of similar meaning in connection with any discussion of the timing or nature of future operating or financial performance or other events, but not all forward-looking statements contain these identifying words. The forward-looking statements contained in this press release are based on assumptions that Dayforce has made in light of its industry experience and its perceptions of historical trends, current conditions, expected future developments and other factors that it believes are appropriate under the circumstances. As users consider this press release, it should be understood that these statements are not guarantees of performance or results. These assumptions and Dayforce’s future performance or results involve risks and uncertainties (many of which are beyond its control). In particular:

its inability to maintain its high Cloud solutions growth rate, manage its domestic and international growth effectively, or execute on its growth strategy;
the impact of disruptions to the movement of funds to initiate payroll-related transactions on behalf of customers;
its failure to manage its aging technical operations infrastructure;
system breaches, interruptions or failures, including cyber-security breaches, identity theft, or other disruptions that could compromise customer information or sensitive company information, including its ongoing consent order with the Federal Trade Commission regarding data protection;
its failure to comply with applicable privacy, data protection, information security, and financial services laws, regulations and standards;
its inability to successfully compete in the markets in which Dayforce operates and expand its current offerings into new markets or further penetrate existing markets due to competition;
its failure to properly update its solutions to enable its customers to comply with applicable laws;
its failure to provide new or enhanced functionality and features, including those that may involve artificial intelligence or machine learning;
its inability to maintain necessary third-party relationships, and third-party software licenses, and identify errors in the software it licenses;
its inability to offer and deliver high-quality technical support, implementation, and professional services;
its inability to attract and retain senior management employees and highly skilled employees;
the impact of its outstanding debt obligations on its financial condition, results of operations, and value of its common stock;
its ability to maintain effective internal control over financial reporting, and the effect of the existing material weakness in its internal control over financial reporting on its business, financial condition, and results of operations; or
the impact of adverse economic and market conditions on its business, operating results, or financial condition.

Although Dayforce has attempted to identify important risk factors, additional factors or events that could cause Dayforce’s actual performance to differ from these forward-looking statements may emerge from time to time, and it is not possible for Dayforce to predict all of them. Should one or more of these risks or uncertainties materialize, or should any of Dayforce’s assumptions prove incorrect, its actual financial condition, results of operations, future performance, and business may vary in material respects from the performance projected in these forward-looking statements. In addition to any factors and assumptions set forth above in this press release, the material factors and assumptions used to develop the forward-looking information include, but are not limited to: the general economy remains stable; the competitive environment in the HCM market remains stable; the demand environment for HCM solutions remains stable; Dayforce’s implementation capabilities and cycle times remain stable; foreign exchange rates, both current and those used in developing forward-looking statements, specifically U.S. dollar to Canadian dollar, remain stable at, or near, current rates; Dayforce will be able to maintain its relationships with its employees, customers, and partners; Dayforce will continue to attract qualified personnel to support its development requirements and the support of its new and existing customers; and that the risk factors noted above, individually or collectively, do not have a material impact on Dayforce. Any forward-looking statement made by Dayforce in this press release speaks only as of the date on which it is made. Dayforce undertakes no obligation to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statement, whether as a result of new information, future developments or otherwise, except as may be required by law.


Dayforce, Inc. Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets (Unaudited)

	December 31,
	2024			2023
(In millions, except per share data)
Assets
Current assets:
Cash and equivalents	$	579.7		$	570.3
Restricted cash		—			0.8
Trade and other receivables, net		264.8			228.8
Prepaid expenses and other current assets		137.5			126.7
Total current assets before customer funds		982.0			926.6
Customer funds		5,001.5			5,028.6
Total current assets		5,983.5			5,955.2
Right of use lease assets, net		12.3			19.1
Property, plant, and equipment, net		223.7			210.1
Goodwill		2,336.7			2,293.9
Other intangible assets, net		189.2			230.2
Deferred sales commissions		231.8			192.1
Other assets		139.8			110.3
Total assets	$	9,117.0		$	9,010.9

Liabilities and stockholders’ equity
Current liabilities:
Current portion of long-term debt	$	7.3		$	7.6
Current portion of long-term lease liabilities		5.7			7.0
Accounts payable		77.0			66.7
Deferred revenue		42.3			40.2
Employee compensation and benefits		126.8			92.9
Other accrued expenses		31.5			30.4
Total current liabilities before customer funds obligations		290.6			244.8
Customer funds obligations		5,024.2			5,090.1
Total current liabilities		5,314.8			5,334.9
Long-term debt, less current portion		1,209.1			1,210.1
Employee benefit plans		5.9			27.7
Long-term lease liabilities, less current portion		10.8			18.9
Other liabilities		30.1			21.1
Total liabilities		6,570.7			6,612.7
Commitments and contingencies
Stockholders’ equity:
Common stock, $0.01 par, 500.0 shares authorized, 159.0 and 156.3 shares issued and outstanding, respectively		1.6			1.6
Additional paid in capital		3,363.2			3,151.1
Accumulated deficit		(335.8	)		(317.8	)
Accumulated other comprehensive loss		(482.7	)		(436.7	)
Total stockholders’ equity		2,546.3			2,398.2
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity	$	9,117.0		$	9,010.9

Dayforce, Inc. Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations (Unaudited)

	Three Months Ended December 31,						Year Ended December 31,
	2024			2023			2024		2023
(In millions, except per share data)
Revenue:
Recurring	$	393.7		$	339.1		$	1,517.3	$	1,297.3
Professional services and other		71.5			60.6			242.7		216.4
Total revenue		465.2			399.7			1,760.0		1,513.7
Cost of revenue:
Recurring		87.6			85.5			352.7		324.9
Professional services and other		80.2			68.6			291.0		265.6
Product development and management		57.0			56.4			223.8		209.9
Depreciation and amortization		21.8			19.4			80.4		66.8
Total cost of revenue		246.6			229.9			947.9		867.2
Gross profit		218.6			169.8			812.1		646.5
Selling and marketing		93.5			72.7			342.0		250.2
General and administrative		96.6			58.3			366.0		263.2
Operating profit		28.5			38.8			104.1		133.1
Interest expense, net		7.4			8.9			40.6		36.1
Other expense (income), net		20.2			(5.6	)		25.9		1.0
Income before income taxes		0.9			35.5			37.6		96.0
Income tax (benefit) expense		(9.9	)		(10.1	)		19.5		41.2
Net income	$	10.8		$	45.6		$	18.1	$	54.8
Net income per share:
Basic	$	0.07		$	0.29		$	0.11	$	0.35
Diluted	$	0.07		$	0.29		$	0.11	$	0.35
Weighted average shares outstanding:
Basic		158.3			156.2			157.8		155.3
Diluted		161.8			159.2			160.4		158.5

Dayforce, Inc. Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows (Unaudited)

	Year Ended December 31,
	2024			2023
(In millions)
Cash flows from operating activities
Net income	$	18.1		$	54.8
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
Deferred income tax (benefit) expense		(34.1	)		4.1
Depreciation and amortization		209.8			132.5
Amortization of debt issuance costs and debt discount		4.2			4.4
Loss on debt extinguishment		4.3			—
Provision for doubtful accounts		10.1			5.4
Net periodic pension and postretirement cost		10.1			1.1
Share-based compensation expense		155.5			136.7
Change in fair value of contingent consideration		9.0			4.3
Other		0.1			1.0
Changes in operating assets and liabilities, excluding effects of acquisitions:
Trade and other receivables		(48.0	)		(48.3	)
Prepaid expenses and other current assets		(3.3	)		(22.1	)
Deferred sales commissions		(43.9	)		(39.5	)
Accounts payable and other accrued expenses		15.7			9.3
Deferred revenue		(4.4	)		(1.3	)
Employee compensation and benefits		12.8			(7.5	)
Accrued taxes		(3.6	)		(4.7	)
Payment of contingent consideration		(20.9	)		—
Other assets and liabilities		(10.4	)		(10.7	)
Net cash provided by operating activities		281.1			219.5

Cash flows from investing activities
Purchases of customer funds marketable securities		(541.1	)		(528.1	)
Proceeds from sale and maturity of customer funds marketable securities		353.4			445.5
Purchases of marketable securities		(16.2	)		(6.8	)
Proceeds from sale and maturity of marketable securities		14.7			2.0
Expenditures for property, plant, and equipment		(14.3	)		(19.0	)
Expenditures for software and technology		(95.3	)		(95.4	)
Acquisition costs, net of cash acquired		(173.1	)		—
Other		—			(1.0	)
Net cash used in investing activities		(471.9	)		(202.8	)

Cash flows from financing activities
Increase in customer funds obligations, net		51.8			200.9
Proceeds from issuance of common stock under share-based compensation plans		56.6			49.0
Repurchases of common stock		(36.1	)		—
Proceeds from debt issuance		650.0			—
Repayment of long-term debt obligations		(648.3	)		(7.9	)
Payment of debt refinancing costs		(11.4	)		—
Payment of contingent consideration		(3.0	)		—
Net cash provided by financing activities		59.6			242.0

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash, restricted cash, and equivalents		(36.3	)		11.5
Net (decrease) increase in cash, restricted cash, and equivalents		(167.5	)		270.2
Cash, restricted cash, and equivalents at beginning of period		3,421.4			3,151.2
Cash, restricted cash, and equivalents at end of period	$	3,253.9		$	3,421.4

Reconciliation of cash, restricted cash, and equivalents to the consolidated balance sheets
Cash and equivalents	$	579.7		$	570.3
Restricted cash		—			0.8
Restricted cash and equivalents included in customer funds		2,674.2			2,850.3
Total cash, restricted cash, and equivalents	$	3,253.9		$	3,421.4

Supplemental cash flow information
Cash paid for interest	$	45.3		$	52.4
Cash paid for income taxes		56.4			43.0
Cash received from income tax refunds		0.8			0.6

Dayforce, Inc. Revenue Financial Measures (Unaudited)

	Three Months Ended December 31,				Percentage change in revenue			Impact of changes in foreign currency (a)			Percentage change in revenue on a constant currency basis (a)
	2024		2023		2024 vs. 2023						2024 vs. 2023
	(In millions)
Revenue:
Recurring revenue:
Dayforce recurring, excluding float	$	307.6	$	256.4		20.0	%		(0.4	)%		20.4	%
Dayforce float		40.3		35.7		12.9	%		(0.5	)%		13.4	%
Total Dayforce recurring		347.9		292.1		19.1	%		(0.4	)%		19.5	%
Powerpay recurring, excluding float		23.1		23.1		(—	)%		(2.6	)%		2.6	%
Powerpay float		4.4		5.0		(12.0	)%		(4.0	)%		(8.0	)%
Total Powerpay recurring		27.5		28.1		(2.1	)%		(2.8	)%		0.7	%
Total Cloud recurring		375.4		320.2		17.2	%		(0.7	)%		17.9	%
Other recurring (b)		18.3		18.9		(3.2	)%		0.5	%		(3.7	)%
Total recurring revenue		393.7		339.1		16.1	%		(0.6	)%		16.7	%
Professional services and other (c)		71.5		60.6		18.0	%		(0.8	)%		18.8	%
Total revenue	$	465.2	$	399.7		16.4	%		(0.6	)%		17.0	%

a)	Dayforce has calculated percentage change in revenue on a constant currency basis by applying the average foreign exchange rate in effect during the comparable prior period. Please refer to the “Non-GAAP Financial Measures” section for discussion of percentage change in revenue on a constant currency basis.
b)	Float attributable to Other recurring was $0.4 million and $0.5 million for the three months ended December 31, 2024, and 2023, respectively.
c)	For the three months ended December 31, 2024, Professional services and other consisted of $69.4 million, $1.9 million, $0.2 million associated with Dayforce, Other, and Powerpay, respectively. For the three months ended December 31, 2023, Professional services and other consisted of $57.6 million, $2.7 million, and $0.3 million associated with Dayforce, Other, and Powerpay, respectively.

	Year Ended December 31,				Percentage change in revenue			Impact of changes in foreign currency (a)			Percentage change in revenue on a constant currency basis (a)
	2024		2023		2024 vs. 2023						2024 vs. 2023
	(In millions)
Revenue:
Recurring revenue:
Dayforce recurring, excluding float	$	1,159.7	$	962.9		20.4	%		(0.3	)%		20.7	%
Dayforce float		180.2		148.2		21.6	%		(0.3	)%		21.9	%
Total Dayforce recurring		1,339.9		1,111.1		20.6	%		(0.2	)%		20.8	%
Powerpay recurring, excluding float		83.7		81.9		2.2	%		(1.6	)%		3.8	%
Powerpay float		18.8		18.4		2.2	%		(1.6	)%		3.8	%
Total Powerpay recurring		102.5		100.3		2.2	%		(1.6	)%		3.8	%
Total Cloud recurring		1,442.4		1,211.4		19.1	%		(0.3	)%		19.4	%
Other recurring (b)		74.9		85.9		(12.8	)%		(0.7	)%		(12.1	)%
Total recurring revenue		1,517.3		1,297.3		17.0	%		(0.3	)%		17.3	%
Professional services and other (c)		242.7		216.4		12.2	%		(0.3	)%		12.5	%
Total revenue	$	1,760.0	$	1,513.7		16.3	%		(0.4	)%		16.7	%

a)	Dayforce has calculated percentage change in revenue on a constant currency basis by applying the average foreign exchange rate in effect during the comparable prior period. Please refer to the “Non-GAAP Financial Measures” section for discussion of percentage change in revenue on a constant currency basis.
b)	Float attributable to Other recurring was $1.3 million and $2.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively.
c)	For the year ended December 31, 2024, Professional services and other consisted of $233.8 million, $8.5 million, and $0.4 million associated with Dayforce, Other, and Powerpay, respectively. For the year ended December 31, 2023, Professional services and other consisted of $202.1 million, $13.8 million, and $0.5 million associated with Dayforce, Other, and Powerpay, respectively.

Dayforce, Inc. Share-Based Compensation Expense and Related Employer Taxes (Unaudited)

	Three Months Ended December 31,				Twelve Months Ended December 31,
	2024		2023		2024		2023
	(in millions)
Cost of revenue – Cloud	$	1.7	$	3.5	$	11.3	$	15.4
Cost of revenue – Other		0.5		0.3		2.2		1.5
Professional services and other		2.5		3.7		14.2		17.2
Product development and management		7.6		6.8		32.6		32.5
Sales and marketing		9.1		4.5		36.3		23.5
General and administrative		16.8		—		60.0		47.0
Total	$	38.2	$	18.8	$	156.6	$	137.1

Dayforce, Inc. Reconciliation of GAAP to Non-GAAP Financial Measures (Unaudited)

The following tables reconcile Dayforce’s reported results to its non-GAAP financial measures:

	Three Months Ended December 31, 2024
	As reported			As reported margins (a)			Share-based compensation		Amortization		Other (b)			As adjusted (b)			As adjusted margins (a)
	(Dollars in millions, except per share data)
Cost of Cloud recurring revenue	$	75.2			80.0	%	$	1.7	$	—	$	0.1		$	73.4			80.4	%

Operating profit	$	28.5			6.1	%	$	38.2	$	32.5	$	4.1		$	103.3			22.2	%

Net income	$	10.8			2.3	%	$	38.2	$	32.5	$	15.6		$	97.1			20.9	%
Interest expense, net		7.4						—		—		—			7.4
Income tax benefit (c)		(9.9	)					—		—		(8.8	)		(1.1	)
Depreciation and amortization		58.3						—		32.5		—			25.8
EBITDA	$	66.6					$	38.2	$	—	$	24.4		$	129.2			27.8	%

Net income per share – diluted	$	0.07					$	0.24	$	0.20	$	0.10		$	0.60

(a)	Cloud recurring gross margin is defined as total Cloud recurring revenue less cost of Cloud recurring revenue as a percentage of total Cloud recurring revenue. Operating profit margin and net profit margin are determined by calculating the percentage operating profit and net income are of total revenue. Please refer to the “Non-GAAP Financial Measures” section for additional information on the as adjusted margins.
(b)	The as adjusted column is a non-GAAP financial measure, adjusted to exclude share-based compensation expense and related employer taxes, amortization of acquisition-related intangible assets, and certain other items. The adjustment to operating profit consists of $4.1 million of restructuring expenses. The adjustments to net income also include $17.1 million of foreign exchange loss, $3.2 million of costs associated with the planned termination of its frozen U.S. pension plan, and a $8.8 million net adjustment for the effect of income taxes related to these items. Please refer to the “Non-GAAP Financial Measures” section for additional information on the as adjusted metrics.
(c)	Income tax effects have been calculated based on the statutory tax rates in effect in the U.S. and foreign jurisdictions during the period.

	Three Months Ended December 31, 2023
	As reported			As reported margins (a)			Share-based compensation		Amortization		Other (b)			As adjusted (b)			As adjusted margins (a)
	(Dollars in millions, except per share data)
Cost of Cloud recurring revenue	$	73.7			77.0	%	$	3.5	$	—	$	—		$	70.2			78.1	%

Operating profit	$	38.8			9.7	%	$	18.8	$	27.8	$	(6.5	)	$	78.9			19.7	%

Net income	$	45.6			11.4	%	$	18.8	$	27.8	$	(11.9	)	$	80.3			20.1	%
Interest expense, net		8.9						—		—		—			8.9
Income tax benefit (c)		(10.1	)					—		—		0.5			(10.6	)
Depreciation and amortization		48.4						—		27.8		—			20.6
EBITDA	$	92.8					$	18.8	$	—	$	(12.4	)	$	99.2			24.8	%

Net income per share – diluted	$	0.29					$	0.12	$	0.17	$	(0.07	)	$	0.50

(a)	Cloud recurring gross margin is defined as total Cloud recurring revenue less cost of Cloud recurring revenue as a percentage of total Cloud recurring revenue. Operating profit margin and net profit margin are determined by calculating the percentage operating profit and net income are of total revenue. Please refer to the “Non-GAAP Financial Measures” section for additional information on the as adjusted margins.
(b)	The as adjusted column is a non-GAAP financial measure, adjusted to exclude share-based compensation expense and related employer taxes, amortization of acquisition-related intangible assets, and certain other items. The adjustments to operating profit consist of a $7.5 million gain related to the impact of the fair value adjustment for the DataFuzion contingent consideration, a $0.3 million gain related to the abandonment of certain leased facilities, and $1.3 million of restructuring expenses. The adjustments to net income also include $5.9 million of foreign exchange gain and a $0.5 million net adjustment for the effect of income taxes related to these items. Please refer to the “Non-GAAP Financial Measures” section for additional information on the as adjusted metrics.
(c)	Income tax effects have been calculated based on the statutory tax rates in effect in the U.S. and foreign jurisdictions during the period.

	Year Ended December 31, 2024
	As reported		As reported margins (a)			Share-based compensation		Amortization		Other (b)			As adjusted (b)		As adjusted margins (a)
	(Dollars in millions, except per share data)
Cost of Cloud recurring revenue	$	303.7		78.9	%	$	11.3	$	—	$	1.0		$	291.4		79.8	%

Operating profit	$	104.1		5.9	%	$	156.6	$	120.0	$	29.8		$	410.5		23.3	%

Net income	$	18.1		1.0	%	$	156.6	$	120.0	$	21.1		$	315.8		17.9	%
Interest expense, net		40.6					—		—		—			40.6
Income tax expense (c)		19.5					—		—		(35.8	)		55.3
Depreciation and amortization		209.8					—		120.0		—			89.8
EBITDA	$	288.0				$	156.6	$	—	$	56.9		$	501.5		28.5	%

Net income per share – diluted	$	0.11				$	0.98	$	0.75	$	0.13		$	1.97

(a)	Cloud recurring gross margin is defined as total Cloud recurring revenue less cost of Cloud recurring revenue as a percentage of total Cloud recurring revenue. Operating profit margin and net profit margin are determined by calculating the percentage operating profit and net income are of total revenue. Please refer to the “Non-GAAP Financial Measures” section for additional information on the as adjusted margins.
(b)	The as adjusted column is a non-GAAP financial measure, adjusted to exclude share-based compensation expense and related employer taxes, amortization of acquisition-related intangible assets, and certain other items. The adjustments to operating profit consist of $19.8 million of restructuring expenses, $9.0 million related to the impact of the fair value adjustment for the DataFuzion contingent consideration, and $1.0 million of fees associated with initiating the receivables securitization program. The adjustments to net income also include $14.2 million of foreign exchange loss, $12.9 million of costs associated with the planned termination of our frozen U.S. pension plan, and a $35.8 million net adjustment for the effect of income taxes related to these items. Please refer to the “Non-GAAP Financial Measures” section for additional information on the as adjusted metrics.
(c)	Income tax effects have been calculated based on the statutory tax rates in effect in the U.S. and foreign jurisdictions during the period.

	Year Ended December 31, 2023
	As reported		As reported margins (a)			Share-based compensation		Amortization		Other (b)			As adjusted (b)		As adjusted margins (a)
	(Dollars in millions, except per share data)
Cost of Cloud recurring revenue	$	278.5		77.0	%	$	15.4	$	—	$	—		$	263.1		78.3	%

Operating profit	$	133.1		8.8	%	$	137.1	$	60.5	$	9.1		$	339.8		22.4	%

Net income	$	54.8		3.6	%	$	137.1	$	60.5	$	(13.7	)	$	238.7		15.8	%
Interest expense, net		36.1					—		—		—			36.1
Income tax expense (c)		41.2					—		—		(22.2	)		63.4
Depreciation and amortization		132.5					—		60.5		—			72.0
EBITDA	$	264.6				$	137.1	$	—	$	8.5		$	410.2		27.1	%

Net income per share – diluted	$	0.35				$	0.86	$	0.38	$	(0.09	)	$	1.51

(a)	Cloud recurring gross margin is defined as total Cloud recurring revenue less cost of Cloud recurring revenue as a percentage of total Cloud recurring revenue. Operating profit margin and net profit margin are determined by calculating the percentage operating profit and net income are of total revenue. Please refer to the “Non-GAAP Financial Measures” section for additional information on the as adjusted margins.
(b)	The as adjusted column is a non-GAAP financial measure, adjusted to exclude share-based compensation expense and related employer taxes, amortization of acquisition-related intangible assets, and certain other items. The adjustments to operating profit consist of $4.7 million of restructuring expenses, $4.3 million related to the impact of the fair value adjustment for the DataFuzion contingent consideration, and $0.1 million related to the abandonment of certain leased facilities. The adjustments to net income also include $0.6 million of foreign exchange gain and a $22.2 million net adjustment for the effect of income taxes related to these items. Please refer to the “Non-GAAP Financial Measures” section for additional information on the as adjusted metrics.
(c)	Income tax effects have been calculated based on the statutory tax rates in effect in the U.S. and foreign jurisdictions during the period.

Dayforce, Inc. Reconciliation of Free Cash Flow (Unaudited)

The following table reconciles Dayforce’s reported results to free cash flow:

	Three Months Ended December 31,						Year Ended December 31,
	2024			2023			2024			2023
	(In millions)
Net cash provided by operating activities	$	81.0		$	89.9		$	281.1		$	219.5
Capital expenditures		(26.8	)		(26.1	)		(109.6	)		(114.4	)
Free cash flow	$	54.2		$	63.8		$	171.5		$	105.1

Operating cash flow margin (a)		17.4	%		22.5	%		16.0	%		14.5	%
Free cash flow margin (b)		11.7	%		16.0	%		9.7	%		6.9	%

The following table reconciles Dayforce’s free cash flow guidance:

	Year Ended December 31, 2025
	Low range			High range
	(In millions)
Net cash provided by operating activities	$	334		$	339
Capital expenditures		(105	)		(105	)
Free cash flow	$	229		$	234

Operating cash flow margin (a)		17.4	%		17.5	%
Free cash flow margin (b)		11.9	%		12.1	%

(a)	Operating cash flow margin is determined by calculating the percentage that operating cash flow is of total revenue.
(b)	Free cash flow margin is determined by calculating the percentage that free cash flow is of total revenue.

Non-GAAP Financial Measures

Dayforce uses certain non-GAAP financial measures in this release including:

Non-GAAP Financial Measure		GAAP Financial Measure
EBITDA		Net income
Adjusted EBITDA		Net income
Adjusted EBITDA margin		Net profit margin
Adjusted Cloud recurring gross margin		Cloud recurring gross margin
Adjusted operating profit		Operating profit
Adjusted operating profit margin		Operating profit margin
Adjusted net income		Net income
Adjusted net profit margin		Net profit margin
Adjusted diluted net income per share		Diluted net income per share
Free cash flow		Net cash provided by operating activities
Free cash flow margin		Operating cash flow margin
Percentage change in revenue, including total revenue and revenue by solution, on a constant currency basis		Percentage change in revenue, including total revenue and revenue by solution
Cloud annualized retention rate		No directly comparable GAAP measure
Dayforce revenue retention rate		No directly comparable GAAP measure
Dayforce recurring revenue per customer		No directly comparable GAAP measure

Dayforce believes that these non-GAAP financial measures are useful to management and investors as supplemental measures to evaluate its overall operating performance including comparison across periods and with competitors. Dayforce’s management team uses these non-GAAP financial measures to assess operating performance because these financial measures exclude the results of decisions that are outside the normal course of its business operations, and are used for internal budgeting and forecasting purposes both for short- and long-term operating plans. Additionally, Adjusted EBITDA is a component of its management incentive plan and Adjusted Cloud recurring gross margin and Adjusted operating profit are components of certain performance based equity awards for its named executive officers. Additionally, Dayforce believes that the non-GAAP financial measure free cash flow is meaningful to investors because it is a measure of liquidity that provides useful information in understanding and evaluating the strength of Dayforce’s liquidity and future ability to generate cash that can be used for strategic opportunities or investing in its business. The exclusion of capital expenditures facilitates comparisons of Dayforce’s liquidity on a period-to-period basis and excludes items that management does not consider to be indicative of Dayforce’s liquidity.

These non-GAAP financial measures are not required by, defined under, or presented in accordance with, GAAP, and should not be considered as alternatives to Dayforce’s results as reported under GAAP, have important limitations as analytical tools, and its use of these terms may not be comparable to similarly titled measures of other companies in its industry. Dayforce’s presentation of non-GAAP financial measures should not be construed to imply that its future results will be unaffected by similar items to those eliminated in this presentation. Please refer to Dayforce’s full financial results, including further discussion of non-GAAP financial measures, on the Investor Relations portion of its website at investors.dayforce.com.

Dayforce defines its non-GAAP financial measures as follows:

EBITDA is defined as net income before interest, taxes, depreciation, and amortization, and Adjusted EBITDA is EBITDA, as adjusted to exclude share-based compensation expense and related employer taxes, and certain other items.
Adjusted EBITDA margin is determined by calculating the percentage Adjusted EBITDA is of total revenue.
Adjusted Cloud recurring gross margin is defined as Cloud recurring gross margin, as adjusted to exclude share-based compensation and related employer taxes, and certain other items, as a percentage of total Cloud recurring revenue.
Adjusted operating profit is defined as operating profit, as adjusted to exclude share-based compensation expense and related employer taxes, amortization of acquisition-related intangible assets, and certain other items.
Adjusted net income is defined as net income, as adjusted to exclude share-based compensation expense and related employer taxes, amortization of acquisition-related intangible assets, and certain other items, all of which are adjusted for the effect of income taxes.
Adjusted net profit margin is determined by calculating the percentage Adjusted net income is of total revenue.
Adjusted diluted net income per share is calculated by dividing adjusted net income by diluted weighted average common shares outstanding. When adjusted diluted net income per share is positive, diluted weighted average common shares outstanding incorporate the effect of dilutive equity instruments.
Free cash flow is defined as net cash provided by operating activities, as adjusted to exclude capital expenditures.
Free cash flow margin is determined by calculating the percentage that free cash flow is of total revenue.
Percentage change in revenue, including total revenue and revenue by solution, on a constant currency basis is calculated by applying the average foreign exchange rate in effect during the comparable prior period.
Cloud ARR is calculated by starting with recurring revenue at year end, excluding revenue from Ascender and eloomi, subtracting the once-a-year charges, annualizing the revenue for customers live for less than a full year to reflect the revenue that would have been realized if the customer had been live for a full year, and adding back the once-a-year charges. We have not reconciled Cloud ARR because there is no directly comparable GAAP financial measure.
Annual Dayforce revenue retention rate is calculated as a percentage, excluding Ascender and eloomi, where the numerator is the Dayforce ARR for the prior year, less the Dayforce ARR from lost Dayforce customers during that year; and the denominator is the Dayforce ARR for the prior year. We have not reconciled Annual Dayforce revenue retention rate because there is no directly comparable GAAP financial measure.
Dayforce recurring revenue per customer is an indicator of the average size of Dayforce recurring revenue customers. To calculate Dayforce recurring revenue per customer, we start with Dayforce recurring revenue on a constant currency basis by applying the same exchange rate to all comparable periods for the trailing twelve months and excludes float revenue, and Ascender, ADAM HCM, and eloomi revenue. This amount is divided by the number of live Dayforce customers at the end of the trailing twelve month period, excluding Ascender, ADAM HCM, and eloomi. We have not reconciled the Dayforce recurring revenue per customer because there is no directly comparable GAAP financial measure.

Source: Dayforce, Inc.

For further information, please contact:

Investor Relations
1-844-829-9499
investors@dayforce.com

Public Relations
1-647-417-2117
teri.murphy@dayforce.com

The MIL Network –

February 6, 2025

MIL-OSI: Recent Draganfly Sales and Activities with Policing Agencies Signals Growing Focus on Northern (Canada) Border Security

Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

Draganfly Confirms Its Strategic & Tactical Positioning and Preparedness for Growing Border Security Demand Amid Global Trade and Security Initiatives

Saskatoon, SK., Feb. 05, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Draganfly Inc. (NASDAQ: DPRO) (CSE: DPRO) (FSE: 3U8) (“Draganfly” or the “Company”), an award‑winning leader in drone solutions and systems development, today confirms through recent sales activities its positioning and preparedness to support the enhancement of border security amid evolving global trade and security uncertainties and shifting geopolitical dynamics. Highlighting recent sales activities with policing agencies, Draganfly continues to strengthen its position to support border security with advanced drone technology solutions.

“Recent global trade challenges, tariff uncertainties, and security concerns underscore the critical importance of secure borders and resilient supply chains,” said Cameron Chell, CEO of Draganfly Inc. “Our recent sales activities with policing agencies is a testament to our ability and readiness to provide drone technology and services in support of border security solutions.”

Draganfly’s comprehensive product portfolio—featuring high‑resolution, electro-optical/infra-red and low-light sensors with real‑time data processing capabilities available in multiple tactical communication and control configurations—is designed to deliver multi-mission capabilities for challenging mission profiles. With an emphasis on North American‑made innovation, the Company is committed to supporting the security needs of government agencies and border authorities, ensuring that technology remains at the forefront of national security and economic stability.

“As we continue to navigate an era of rapid geopolitical change, it is essential that both the public and private sectors collaborate to safeguard borders,” added Chell. “Draganfly is proud to be at the leading edge of this effort, leveraging our technological expertise to help create a more secure and resilient border.”

About Draganfly

Draganfly Inc. is the creator of quality, cutting-edge drone solutions, software, and AI systems that revolutionize how organizations operate and serve their stakeholders. With over 24 years of innovation, Draganfly is recognized as a leader in the public safety, agriculture, industrial inspections, security, mapping, and surveying markets. The Company’s commitment to ingenuity and first-class services drives its goal to save time, money, and lives across the globe.

For more information on Draganfly, please visit Draganfly’s website. For additional investor information, visit:

The CSE Listing
NASDAQ Listing
Frankfurt Listing

Media Contact Erika Racicot Email: media@draganfly.com

Company Contact Email: info@draganfly.com

Forward-Looking Statements

This release contains certain “forward looking statements” and certain “forward-looking ‎‎‎‎information” as ‎‎‎‎defined under applicable securities laws. Forward-looking statements ‎‎‎‎and information can ‎‎‎‎generally be identified by the use of forward-looking terminology such as ‎‎‎‎‎“may”, “will”, “expect”, “intend”, ‎‎‎‎‎“estimate”, “anticipate”, “believe”, “continue”, “plans” or similar ‎‎‎‎terminology. Forward-looking statements ‎‎‎‎and information are based on forecasts of future ‎‎‎‎results, estimates of amounts not yet determinable and ‎‎‎‎assumptions that, while believed by ‎‎‎‎management to be reasonable, are inherently subject to significant ‎‎‎‎business, economic and ‎‎‎‎competitive uncertainties and contingencies. Forward-looking statements ‎‎‎‎include, but are not ‎‎‎‎limited to, statements with respect to Draganfly’s comprehensive product portfolio’s ability to deliver multi-mission capabilities for challenging mission profiles. Forward-‎‎‎‎looking statements and information are subject to various ‎known ‎‎and unknown risks and ‎‎‎‎‎uncertainties, many of which are beyond the ability of the Company to ‎control or ‎‎predict, that ‎‎‎‎may cause ‎the Company’s actual results, performance or achievements to be ‎materially ‎‎different ‎‎‎‎from those ‎expressed or implied thereby, and are developed based on assumptions ‎about ‎‎such ‎‎‎‎risks, uncertainties ‎and other factors set out here in, including but not limited to: the potential ‎‎‎‎‎‎‎impact of epidemics, ‎pandemics or other public health crises, including the ‎COVID-19 pandemic, on the Company’s business, operations and financial ‎‎‎‎condition; the ‎‎‎successful integration of ‎technology; the inherent risks involved in the general ‎‎‎‎securities markets; ‎‎‎uncertainties relating to the ‎availability and costs of financing needed in the ‎‎‎‎future; the inherent ‎‎‎uncertainty of cost estimates; the ‎potential for unexpected costs and ‎‎‎‎expenses, currency ‎‎‎fluctuations; regulatory restrictions; and liability, ‎competition, loss of key ‎‎‎‎employees and other related risks ‎‎‎and uncertainties disclosed under the ‎heading “Risk Factors“ ‎‎‎‎in the Company’s most recent filings filed ‎‎‎with securities regulators in Canada on ‎the SEDAR ‎‎‎‎website at www.sedar.com and with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) on EDGAR through the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov. The Company undertakes ‎‎‎no obligation to update forward-‎looking ‎‎‎‎information except as required by applicable law. Such forward-‎‎‎looking information represents ‎‎‎‎‎managements’ best judgment based on information currently available. ‎‎‎No forward-looking ‎‎‎‎statement ‎can be guaranteed and actual future results may vary materially. ‎‎‎Accordingly, readers ‎‎‎‎are advised not to ‎place undue reliance on forward-looking statements or ‎‎‎information.‎

The MIL Network –

February 6, 2025
MIL-OSI Asia-Pac: Import of poultry meat and products from ŠilutÄ—s District Municipality of Klaipedos County in Lithuania suspended

Source: Hong Kong Government special administrative region

Import of poultry meat and products from Šilutės District Municipality of Klaipedos County in Lithuania suspended
Import of poultry meat and products from Šilutės District Municipality of Klaipedos County in Lithuania suspended
******************************************************************************************

The Centre for Food Safety (CFS) of the Food and Environmental Hygiene Department announced today (February 5) that in view of a notification from the World Organisation for Animal Health (WOAH) about an outbreak of highly pathogenic H5N1 avian influenza in Šilutės District Municipality of Klaipedos County in Lithuania, the CFS has instructed the trade to suspend the import of poultry meat and products from the area with immediate effect to protect public health in Hong Kong. A CFS spokesman said that Hong Kong has currently established a protocol with Lithuania for the import of poultry meat but not for poultry eggs. According to the Census and Statistics Department, no poultry meat was imported into Hong Kong from Lithuania last year. “The CFS has contacted the Lithuanian authority over the issue and will closely monitor information issued by the WOAH and the relevant authorities on the avian influenza outbreak. Appropriate action will be taken in response to the development of the situation,” the spokesman said.

Ends/Wednesday, February 5, 2025Issued at HKT 19:20

NNNN

MIL OSI Asia Pacific News –

February 6, 2025
MIL-OSI Asia-Pac: New York ETO welcomes Year of Snake (with photos)

Source: Hong Kong Government special administrative region

New York ETO welcomes Year of Snake (with photos)
New York ETO welcomes Year of Snake (with photos)
*************************************************

The Hong Kong Economic and Trade Office, New York (HKETONY) hosted its annual Hong Kong Spring Reception on February 4 (New York time), welcoming close to 400 guests (tbc) from government agencies, businesses, think tanks, non-profits, academic institutions, cultural organisations and the media to usher in the Year of the Snake. The Director of the HKETONY, Ms Maisie Ho, extended a warm welcome to attendees and highlighted Hong Kong’s resilience and recent accomplishments amid global challenges. “This year, we welcome the Year of the Snake in the Chinese zodiac – a symbol of wisdom, adaptability, and transformation. The snake sheds its skin to embrace new beginnings, reminding us that change, though sometimes challenging, is essential for growth. In many ways, this symbolism resonates deeply with Hong Kong’s journey. We have always been a city that adapts, innovates, and thrives in the face of change.” “In 2024, Hong Kong maintained its position as one of the world’s top four IPO venues, raising a total of US$10.6 billion. Invest Hong Kong also had a record-breaking year, assisting 539 overseas and Mainland companies – including 24 from the United States – to set up operations in Hong Kong. We also saw an all-time high of 15 126 non-Hong Kong companies registering in the city,” she shared. Ms Ho further emphasised the strength of Hong Kong’s economic ties with the US, noting that Hong Kong is home to 1 390 US firms, the highest in recent history. “The US is one of Hong Kong’s leading trading partners and consistently enjoys trade surplus with Hong Kong over the years. Over the past decade, there has been a trade surplus amounting to US$270 billion,” she said. During her address, Ms Ho expressed gratitude to the “Hong Kong Family” – the Hong Kong Trade Development Council, the Hong Kong Monetary Authority, Invest Hong Kong, the Hong Kong Tourism Board (HKTB), and the Hong Kong Association of New York – for their on-going support. The evening was further enriched by a special performance featuring three talented Hong Kong musicians: violinist Ding Yijie, erhu player Yang Enhua (both from the Arts with the Disabled Association Hong Kong), and professional pianist Laurina Hong. Sponsored by the HKETONY and Cathay Pacific, the trio presented a captivating selection of music blending Eastern and Western traditions, showcasing Hong Kong’s commitment to diversity and inclusivity. Hong Kong’s creativity was also celebrated with two striking inflatable art installations by local creative brand Chocolate Rain. These pieces were part of the “Hong Kong Meets America – Pop Art Exhibition” at the American Dream Mall last October, adding a unique touch to the evening’s festive atmosphere. Additionally, the HKTB featured renowned wine and spirits expert Anthony Giglio, who shared his insights into Hong Kong’s bar scene and introduced the evening’s signature cocktail, “The Cloud Nine”, which added a distinctive and flavourful touch to the celebration.

Ends/Wednesday, February 5, 2025Issued at HKT 16:45

NNNN

MIL OSI Asia Pacific News –

February 6, 2025
MIL-OSI Asia-Pac: TRENDS IN CARGO WEIGHT AND SIZE

Source: Government of India

Posted On: 05 FEB 2025 1:37PM by PIB Delhi

The cargo handled at Major Ports has increased from 581.34 million tonnes in 2014-15 to 819.23 million tonnes in FY 2023-24, a CAGR of 3.5 % which is comparable to global standards. During 2023-24, the cargo handled consisted of 33.80% liquid bulk, 44.04% dry bulk, and 22.16% container cargo. Infrastructure development and capacity augmentation of Major Ports is a continuous process. It involves the construction of new berths and terminals, mechanization of existing berths and terminals, capital dredging for deepening of drafts for attracting larger vessels, development of road and rail connectivity, etc. Further, Vadhavan Port in Maharashtra has been approved to be developed as the mega container port in the country catering the requirement of handling new generation mega size container vessels.

Based on consultation with Major Ports, State Maritime Boards, Ministry of Railway and Ministry of Road Transport and Highways, 107 road and rail connectivity infrastructure gaps for major and non-major ports have been identified and included in the Comprehensive Port Connectivity Plan (CPCP) prepared by Department for Promotion of Industry and Internal Trade (DPIIT) in September 2022. These projects aim to enhance connectivity between ports and domestic production / consumption centres.

This information was given by the Union Minister of Ports, Shipping and Waterways, Shri Sarabananda Sonowal in a written reply to the Rajya Sabha.

*****

G.D. Hallikeri/Henry

(Release ID: 2099963) Visitor Counter : 68

MIL OSI Asia Pacific News –

February 6, 2025
MIL-OSI Asia-Pac: Hong Kong Customs detects two seaborne smuggling cases with seizure of tobacco products worth about $65 million (with photo)

Source: Hong Kong Government special administrative region

     Hong Kong Customs detected two cases of tobacco products smuggling activities involving containers in Kwai Chung and Tuen Mun on January 27. A total of about 5 800 kilograms of suspected duty-not-paid manufactured tobacco and about 5.9 million of suspected illicit cigarettes with a total estimated market value of about $65 million and a duty potential of about $43 million in total were seized.

     In the first case, through risk assessment and intelligence analysis, Customs on January 27 selected and inspected a 40-foot container, arriving from Singapore to Hong Kong and declared as carrying cosmetics, at the Kwai Chung Customhouse Cargo Examination Compound. Upon inspection, Customs officers seized about 3.4 million suspected illicit cigarettes inside the container.

     In the second case, Customs at the Tuen Mun River Trade Terminal Customs Cargo Examination Compound on the same day examined a 40-foot container, arriving in Hong Kong from Guangdong and declared as carrying household goods. A total of about 5 800kg of suspected duty-not-paid manufactured tobacco and about 2.5 million suspected illicit cigarettes were seized therein.

     Investigations into the two cases are ongoing, and Customs will continue to trace the source and the flow of the illicit cigarettes.

     Customs will continue its risk assessment and intelligence analysis, and step up enforcement actions to combat the smuggling of illicit cigarettes. Smuggling is a serious offence. Under the Import and Export Ordinance, any person found guilty of importing or exporting unmanifested cargo is liable to a maximum fine of $2 million and imprisonment for seven years.

     Under the Dutiable Commodities Ordinance, anyone involved in dealing with, possession of, selling or buying illicit cigarettes commits an offence. The maximum penalty upon conviction is a fine of $1 million and imprisonment for two years.

     Members of the public may report any suspected illicit cigarette activities to Customs’ 24-hour hotline 182 8080 or its dedicated crime-reporting email account (crimereport@customs.gov.hk) or online form (eform.cefs.gov.hk/form/ced002/).

MIL OSI Asia Pacific News –

February 6, 2025
MIL-OSI Asia-Pac: Sydney ETO holds reception in Sydney to celebrate Year of Snake (with photos)

Source: Hong Kong Government special administrative region

The Hong Kong Economic and Trade Office, Sydney (Sydney ETO) hosted a reception in Sydney, Australia, yesterday (February 4) to celebrate Chinese New Year.

     Over 300 guests from various sectors including political and business circles, media, academic and community groups as well as government representatives attended the Sydney reception. Among them was the Consul General of the People’s Republic of China in Sydney, Mr Wang Yu. The Chairman of the M+ Board, Chairman of the Tai Kwun Culture and Arts Company Limited and Vice Chairman of the West Kowloon Cultural District Authority Board, Mr Bernard Chan, was invited as the keynote speaker to share with the guests the vibrant arts and cultural scenes in Hong Kong.

     The Director of the Sydney ETO, Mr Ricky Chong, said in his welcoming remarks that both Hong Kong and Australia embrace free trade, rule of law, and multiculturalism as core values, under which Hong Kong and Australia’s bilateral trade, investment situation and people-to-people ties flourish. New South Wales, in particular, has long been a significant partner for Hong Kong in the finance, trade, tourism, and education sectors.

“As we celebrate Chinese New Year, let us also reflect on how our collaboration can grow even stronger. With Hong Kong serving as the ‘super connector’ with the Guangdong-Hong Kong-Macao Greater Bay Area and Mainland China, the opportunities for Australian businesses are unprecedented. Together, we can explore new horizons and ensure our partnership continues to thrive,” Mr Chong added.

In his keynote speech, Mr Chan introduced to guests the various world class venues in the West Kowloon Cultural District, including M+ museum, the Hong Kong Palace Museum and Xiqu Centre, as well as their partnerships with over 20 of the top arts and cultural institutions in the world. He also shared about the vibrant activations and inspiring exhibitions in Tai Kwun – a centre for arts, culture and heritage. Mr Chan will also speak at the Chinese New Year reception to be hosted by the Sydney ETO in Melbourne tomorrow (February 6).

     In addition to the Sydney and Melbourne receptions, the Sydney ETO will also host Chinese New Year receptions in Brisbane (February 13), Perth (February 18) and Adelaide (February 20) in Australia, and Auckland (February 25) in New Zealand, to celebrate the Year of the Snake with local communities.

MIL OSI Asia Pacific News –

February 6, 2025

MIL-OSI Asia-Pac: APEDA’s financial assistance schemes boost 47.3% surge in India’s fruit and vegetable exports

Source: Government of India

Posted On: 04 FEB 2025 7:58PM by PIB Delhi

APEDA strengthens exporter growth with new schemes for infrastructure, quality, and market development
India’s fruit and vegetable exports reach 123 countries, with 17 new market added in 3 years

The Department of Commerce through Agricultural and Processed Food Products Export Development Authority (APEDA) provides financial assistance to its member exporters of APEDA from across the country, for export promotion of its Scheduled products, including for Fruits & vegetables, under Agriculture and Processed Foods Export Promotion Scheme of APEDA for the 15th Finance Commission Cycle (2021-22 to 2025-26) in following three broad areas:

Scheme for infrastructure Development – Financial assistance for setting up of packhouse facilities with packing / grading lines, pre-cooling unit with cold storage and refrigerated transportation etc., cable system for handling of crops like banana, pre-shipment treatment facilities such as irradiation, vapor heat treatment, hot water dip treatment and common infrastructure facilities, reefer vans and missing gap in the existing infrastructure of individual exporters.

Scheme for Quality Development – Financial assistance for purchase of laboratory testing equipment, installation of quality management system, handheld devices for capturing farm level coordinates for traceability and testing of water, soil, residues and pesticides etc.

Scheme for Market Promotion – The assistance covers participation of exporters in international trade fairs, organizing buyer seller meets and developing packaging standards for new products and upgrading the existing packaging standards.

The details of financial assistance guidelines are available at APEDA Website www.apeda.gov.in under the “Scheme” tab.

As a result of these initiatives, there has been a growth of 47.3%, in the volume of exports of fruits and vegetables between the period 2019-20 to 2023-24.

Export data of fruits and vegetables in last five years
Export data of fruits and vegetables in last five years
Country: All
Product: Fresh Fruits & Vegetables
	Value In USD Million					Qty In Thousand MT
Products	2019-20	2020-21	2021-22	2022-23	2023-24	2019-20	2020-21	2021-22	2022-23	2023-24
Fresh Fruits & Vegetables	1,282.43	1,342.13	1,527.63	1,635.95	1,814.58	2,659.48	3,148.08	3,376.25	4,335.68	3,911.95
Source: DGCIS

Growth in terms of Volume in the last five years =47.30%

Growth in terms of Value in the last five years= 41.50 %

The Government maintains the record of total exports of fruits and vegetables from India. The export figures of States are compiled on the basis of the State-of-Origin code reported by the exporters in the shipping bills. Thus, the state wise data of exports of Fruits and vegetables is not available as the same is not validated by DGCI&S. However, the major states producing Fruits and vegetables are Uttar Pradesh, Madhya Pradesh, West Bengal, Maharashtra, Andhra Pradesh, Gujarat, Bihar, Tamil Nadu, Odisha, Karnataka.

India’s Export of Mango and Onion to World (By Variety)
Product	Variety	USD Million					Qty in MT
Product	Variety	2019-20	2020-21	2021-22	2022-23	2023-24	2019-20	2020-21	2021-22	2022-23	2023-24
Mango	Other Mangoes	0.00	25.42	23.48	33.26	36.18	0.00	15795.09	17448.90	17257.28	23786.16
	Kesar	0.00	2.92	6.91	4.97	11.25	0.00	983.73	2319.08	1749.97	3787.01
	Alphonso (Hapus)	0.00	6.08	10.09	7.84	8.68	0.00	3195.86	5994.86	2829.76	2673.39
	Banganapalli	0.00	1.46	3.01	2.00	3.20	0.00	830.55	1674.04	856.91	1081.68
	Chausa	0.00	0.05	0.05	0.03	0.24	0.00	40.98	25.64	19.72	488.26
	Langda	0.00	0.08	0.16	0.12	0.19	0.00	48.99	122.16	70.02	81.94
	Dasheri	0.00	0.09	0.11	0.06	0.17	0.00	49.50	75.92	34.70	75.54
	Totapuri	0.00	0.07	0.17	0.20	0.16	0.00	47.47	151.01	116.60	91.95
	Mallika	0.00	0.03	0.09	0.06	0.07	0.00	41.40	61.16	28.81	38.17
	Mangoes , Fresh/Dried,	56.11	0.00	0.00	0.00	0.00	49658.68	0.00	0.00	0.00	0.00
	Total Mangoes	56.11	36.20	44.07	48.54	60.14	49658.68	21033.57	27872.77	22963.77	32104.10
Onion	Other Onions Fresh of Chilled	0.00	0.00	0.00	0.00	434.78	0.00	0.00	0.00	0.00	1606683.97
	Rose Onions Fresh of Chilled	0.00	0.00	0.00	0.00	38.94	0.00	0.00	0.00	0.00	110755.38
	Onions, Fresh/Chilled	324.20	378.49	460.56	561.38	0.00	1149896.84	1578016.57	1537496.85	2525258.35	0.00
	Total Onions	324.20	378.49	460.56	561.38	473.72	1149896.84	1578016.57	1537496.85	2525258.35	1717439.35
	Source: DGCIS
	Note :- ITC HS Code with () mark of the Commodity is either dropped or re-allocated*

In FY 2023-24, India’s exports of Fresh Fruits and Vegetables reached 123 countries. In the last 3 years, Indian fresh produce entered 17 new markets, some of which are Brazil, Georgia, Uganda, Papua New Guinea, Czech Republic, Uganda, Ghana etc. This has been achieved through a host of measures such as participation in international trade fairs, actively pursuing market access negotiations, organizing buyer seller meets etc.

Department of Commerce is working in close coordination with the MoA&FW in prioritizing agriculture products for market access negotiations to reach new markets. As a result, India has achieved new market access in following commodities in the last three years:

Indian Potatoes and Onions in Serbia
Baby corn and fresh banana in Canada
Pomegranate arils in Australia, USA, Serbia, and New Zealand
Whole pomegranates in Australia via Irradiation treatment

The barriers in accessing new markets differ from product to product and are dynamic in nature. Some of the major barriers in accessing new markets for fruits & vegetables are:

Long geographic distance from India raising the costs of logistics.
Delay in grant of market access by importing countries for certain products.
Stringent Phyto-sanitary requirements imposed by some importing countries.
Delay in registration of enterprises in certain countries.

To address the above issues, various steps are being taken by the Department of Commerce:

For expand market access to our products, MoA&FW & APEDA have identified key products and key countries for intensifying market access negotiations.
Development of Sea protocols for horticulture products to reduce logistic expenses and to enable larger volume of exports.
Regular follow up with the counterpart authorities of importing countries with support of our Missions abroad for registration of facilities and market access negotiations.
For meeting stringent Phyto-sanitary requirements, setting up of traceability system and a system of farmer and facility registration.

This information has been provided by the Union Minister of Commerce and Industry, Shri Piyush Goyal in a written reply in the Lok Sabha today.

***

Abhishek Dayal/Abhijith Narayanan/Asmitabha Manna

(Release ID: 2099814) Visitor Counter : 374

MIL OSI Asia Pacific News –

February 6, 2025

MIL-OSI Asia-Pac: IICA and CMAI Sign MoU to Enhance Capacity for Decarbonisation
Source: Government of India (2)

IICA and CMAI Sign MoU to Enhance Capacity for Decarbonisation

Shri Nitin Gadkari, Minister for Road, Transport & Highways, Graced the Day 1 of the IICA-CMAI Masterclass on Global & Indian Carbon Markets

Under the agreement, CMAI and IICA will collaborate on Training Programmes, Joint Research, Conferences and Policy Advocacy on Carbon markets, low-carbon industrial solutions, and sustainable finance

Posted On: 05 FEB 2025 5:10PM by PIB Delhi

In a significant step towards strengthening India’s carbon markets and advancing decarbonisation efforts, the Indian Institute of Corporate Affairs (IICA) and Carbon Market Association of India (CMAI) have signed a Memorandum of Understanding (MoU) in New Delhi. The landmark agreement was announced on the inaugural day of the IICA-CMAI Masterclass on Global & Indian Carbon Markets on 4th February, graced by Shri Nitin Gadkari, Minister for Road, Transport & Highways, Government of India, who emphasized the pivotal role of biofuels and green hydrogen in shaping India’s economic and environmental future.

He shared pilot projects related to Bio Bitumin, Bio Aviation-fuel, Bio CNG and highlighted that “Conversion of Knowledge into wealth is the future and No Material is waste”. While emphasizing the importance of PPP, he shared that “Hydrogen is fuel for the future”. The Minister also shared his vision for the cost of hydrogen to be 1 dollar per kg, which he is confident India will be the pioneering nation to achieve due to its state-of-the-art research and development initiatives in this field. While citing landmark initiatives being undertaken related to the biofuels and alternative fuels, he also mentioned that though the initial cost of capital and technology seems high but significant research is currently underway which will eventually unleash as well as lead to the realisation of its true potential. He further highlighted the government’s commitment to developing a diversified biofuels sector, acknowledging the vast potential of various fuels to create a cleaner, more sustainable energy landscape and soon India will become a Green Hydrogen exporting country. At the end, he congratulated the organisation for launching the Sustainable Aviation Fuel (SAF) Alliance and the capacity building initiatives in this domain.

Dr. Garima Dadhich, Head, School of Business Environment, IICA, stated that the IICA Certificate Programme in Decarbonisation will be focused on creating a pool of corporates with advanced expertise to develop carbon offset mechanisms for climate mitigation, as well as integrate long-term strategy to decarbonise their operations.

Mr Manish Dabkara, President, CMAI remarked that the MoU with IICA marks a significant step towards building a robust ecosystem for carbon markets in India. Training programs, research opportunities, workshops, and conferences are a huge part of accelerating sustainable business initiatives. CMAI is looking forward to a successful partnership in this area. Mr. Rohit Kumar, Secretary General, CMAI remarked that awareness has been a major challenge in this area. By combining CMAI’s industry expertise with IICA’s institutional strength, the collaboration will aim to create impactful learning opportunities that will help accelerate India’s transition to a low-carbon economy.

This strategic partnership aims to equip industry professionals, policymakers and academicians with the necessary knowledge and expertise to navigate India’s evolving carbon markets. CMAI, a leading industry association focused on accelerating sustainable business initiatives, will serve as the knowledge partner to IICA, a think tank under the Ministry of Corporate Affairs, to support the growth and development of the corporate sector in India.

Under the agreement, CMAI and IICA will collaborate on:
- Training Programmes: Developing and delivering courses on carbon markets, low-carbon industrial solutions, and sustainable finance.
- Joint Research: Conducting studies and publishing insights on decarbonisation strategies and carbon trading mechanisms.
- Workshops and Conferences: Organising events to facilitate dialogue among industry stakeholders, policymakers, and academics.
- Policy Advocacy: Supporting regulatory and policy frameworks that drive India’s net zero ambitions.
The Day 1 of the Masterclass witnessed the participation of more than 70 professionals from leading corporates, PSUs as well as delegations from governmental bodies, embassies and international organisations. The Masterclass on Global and Indian Carbon Markets is being organised by IICA as part of the India Climate Week. Ms. Shivangi Vashishta, Senior Research Associate, School of Business Environment, IICA, led a case-study based discussion which led to enhanced delegate engagement. The Day 1 of the Masterclass concluded with an insightful session from Managing Partner, ERM India. The Day 2 of the Masterclass will witness a series of sessions on International Carbon Markets.

About Indian Institute of Corporate Affairs (IICA):

The Indian Institute of Corporate Affairs (IICA), is an autonomous institution under the aegis of the Ministry of Corporate Affairs. School of Business Environment (SBE) is a specialised vertical within IICA promoting the responsible business conduct focusing on the forward-looking areas of Environmental-Social-Governance (ESG), Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR), Sustainable Finance, Business & Biodiversity Conservation, Business and Human Rights, Responsible Trade, ESG Audit & Assurance and other aligned areas.

Contact: https://iica.nic.in/, sobe@iica.in or 0124-2640044

About Carbon Market Association of India (CMAI):

The Carbon Markets Association of India (CMAI) is a leading not-for-profit industry group driving India’s transition to a net-zero future by decarbonising hard-to-abate sectors. Collaborating with key ministries like MoEFCC, MoP, MNRE, and NITI Aayog, CMAI provides policy advocacy, capacity building, and knowledge support.

Contact: https://cma-india.in/, secretary@cma-india.in or +91 98117 79580

****

NB/AD

(Release ID: 2100046) Visitor Counter : 65

MIL OSI Asia Pacific News –
February 6, 2025

MIL-OSI: YieldMax™ ETFs Announces Distributions on NFLY ($1.0705), CONY ($1.0468), PYPY ($0.6665), YMAX ($0.1944), YMAG ($0.1862) and Others

Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

CHICAGO, MILWAUKEE and NEW YORK, Feb. 05, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — YieldMax™ today announced distributions for the YieldMax™ Weekly Payers and Group C ETFs listed in the table below.

ETF Ticker¹	ETF Name	Reference Asset	Distribution per Share		Distribution Frequency	Ex-Date & Record Date	Payment Date
GPTY*	YieldMax™ AI & Tech Portfolio Option Income ETF	Multiple	$0.3353		*Weekly*	*2/7/2025*	*2/10/2025*
LFGY	YieldMax™ Crypto Industry & Tech Portfolio Option Income ETF	Multiple	$0.6280		*Weekly*	2/6/2025	2/7/2025
YMAX	YieldMax™ Universe Fund of Option Income ETFs	Multiple	$0.1944		*Weekly*	2/6/2025	2/7/2025
YMAG	YieldMax™ Magnificent 7 Fund of Option Income ETFs	Multiple	$0.1862		*Weekly*	2/6/2025	2/7/2025
CONY	YieldMax™ COIN Option Income Strategy ETF	COIN	$1.0468		Every 4 Weeks	2/6/2025	2/7/2025
FIAT	YieldMax™ Short COIN Option Income Strategy ETF	COIN	$0.5498		Every 4 Weeks	2/6/2025	2/7/2025
MSFO	YieldMax™ MSFT Option Income Strategy ETF	MSFT	$0.3615		Every 4 Weeks	2/6/2025	2/7/2025
AMDY	YieldMax™ AMD Option Income Strategy ETF	AMD	$0.3812		Every 4 Weeks	2/6/2025	2/7/2025
NFLY	YieldMax™ NFLX Option Income Strategy ETF	NFLX	$1.0705		Every 4 Weeks	2/6/2025	2/7/2025
ABNY	YieldMax™ ABNB Option Income Strategy ETF	ABNB	$0.4033		Every 4 Weeks	2/6/2025	2/7/2025
PYPY	YieldMax™ PYPL Option Income Strategy ETF	PYPL	$0.6665		Every 4 Weeks	2/6/2025	2/7/2025
ULTY	YieldMax™ Ultra Option Income Strategy ETF	Multiple	$0.5369		Every 4 Weeks	2/6/2025	2/7/2025
CVNY**	YieldMax™ CVNA Option Income Strategy ETF	CVNA		–	Every 4 Weeks	–	–
Weekly Payers & Group D ETFs scheduled for next week: GPTY LFGY YMAX YMAG MSTY YQQQ AMZY APLY AIYY DISO SQY SMCY

Note: DIPS, FIAT, CRSH and YQQQ are hereinafter referred to as the “Short ETFs”.

You are not guaranteed a distribution under the ETFs. Distributions for the ETFs (if any) are variable and may vary significantly from period to period and may be zero.

Investors in the Funds will not have rights to receive dividends or other distributions with respect to the underlying reference asset(s).

*GPTY’s nonstandard dates are for this distribution only. The dates for GPTY’s future distributions will be those set forth in the YieldMax Distribution Schedule.

**The inception date for CVNY is January 29, 2025.

¹Each ETF’s strategy (except those of the Short ETFs) will cap potential gains if its reference asset’s shares increase in value, yet subjects an investor to all potential losses if the reference asset’s shares decrease in value. Such potential losses may not be offset by income received by the ETF. Each Short ETF’s strategy will cap potential gains if its reference asset decreases in value, yet subjects an investor to all potential losses if the reference asset increases in value. Such potential losses may not be offset by income received by the ETF.

Each Fund has a limited operating history and while each Fund’s objective is to provide current income, there is no guarantee the Fund will make a distribution. Distributions are likely to vary greatly in amount.

Important Information

Investors should consider the investment objectives, risks, charges and expenses carefully before investing. For a prospectus or summary prospectus with this and other information about each Fund, visit our website at www.YieldMaxETFs.com. Read the prospectus or summary prospectus carefully before investing.

There is no guarantee that any Fund’s investment strategy will be properly implemented, and an investor may lose some or all of its investment in any such Fund.

Tidal Financial Group is the adviser for all YieldMax™ ETFs.

THE FUND, TRUST, AND ADVISER ARE NOT AFFILIATED WITH ANY UNDERLYING REFERENCE ASSET.

Risk Disclosures (applicable to all YieldMax ETFs referenced above, except the Short ETFs)

YMAX, YMAG, FEAT and FIVY generally invest in other YieldMax™ ETFs. As such, these two Funds are subject to the risks listed in this section, which apply to all the YieldMax™ ETFs they may hold from time to time.

Investing involves risk. Principal loss is possible.

Call Writing Strategy Risk. The path dependency (i.e., the continued use) of the Fund’s call writing strategy will impact the extent that the Fund participates in the positive price returns of the underlying reference asset and, in turn, the Fund’s returns, both during the term of the sold call options and over longer periods.

Counterparty Risk. The Fund is subject to counterparty risk by virtue of its investments in options contracts. Transactions in some types of derivatives, including options, are required to be centrally cleared (“cleared derivatives”). In a transaction involving cleared derivatives, the Fund’s counterparty is a clearing house rather than a bank or broker. Since the Fund is not a member of clearing houses and only members of a clearing house (“clearing members”) can participate directly in the clearing house, the Fund will hold cleared derivatives through accounts at clearing members.

Derivatives Risk. Derivatives are financial instruments that derive value from the underlying reference asset or assets, such as stocks, bonds, or funds (including ETFs), interest rates or indexes. The Fund’s investments in derivatives may pose risks in addition to, and greater than, those associated with directly investing in securities or other ordinary investments, including risk related to the market, imperfect correlation with underlying investments or the Fund’s other portfolio holdings, higher price volatility, lack of availability, counterparty risk, liquidity, valuation and legal restrictions.

Options Contracts. The use of options contracts involves investment strategies and risks different from those associated with ordinary portfolio securities transactions. The prices of options are volatile and are influenced by, among other things, actual and anticipated changes in the value of the underlying instrument, including the anticipated volatility, which are affected by fiscal and monetary policies and by national and international political, changes in the actual or implied volatility or the reference asset, the time remaining until the expiration of the option contract and economic events.

Distribution Risk. As part of the Fund’s investment objective, the Fund seeks to provide current income. There is no assurance that the Fund will make a distribution in any given period. If the Fund does make distributions, the amounts of such distributions will likely vary greatly from one distribution to the next.

High Portfolio Turnover Risk. The Fund may actively and frequently trade all or a significant portion of the Fund’s holdings. A high portfolio turnover rate increases transaction costs, which may increase the Fund’s expenses.

Liquidity Risk. Some securities held by the Fund, including options contracts, may be difficult to sell or be illiquid, particularly during times of market turmoil.

Non-Diversification Risk. Because the Fund is “non-diversified,” it may invest a greater percentage of its assets in the securities of a single issuer or a smaller number of issuers than if it was a diversified fund.

New Fund Risk. The Fund is a recently organized management investment company with no operating history. As a result, prospective investors do not have a track record or history on which to base their investment decisions.

Price Participation Risk. The Fund employs an investment strategy that includes the sale of call option contracts, which limits the degree to which the Fund will participate in increases in value experienced by the underlying reference asset over the Call Period.

Single Issuer Risk. Issuer-specific attributes may cause an investment in the Fund to be more volatile than a traditional pooled investment which diversifies risk or the market generally. The value of the Fund, which focuses on an individual security (ARKK, TSLA, AAPL, NVDA, AMZN, META, GOOGL, NFLX, COIN, MSFT, DIS, XOM, JPM, AMD, PYPL, SQ, MRNA, AI, MSTR, Bitcoin ETP, GDX®, SNOW, ABNB, BABA, TSM, SMCI, PLTR, MARA, CVNA), may be more volatile than a traditional pooled investment or the market as a whole and may perform differently from the value of a traditional pooled investment or the market as a whole.

Inflation Risk. Inflation risk is the risk that the value of assets or income from investments will be less in the future as inflation decreases the value of money. As inflation increases, the present value of the Fund’s assets and distributions, if any, may decline.

Risk Disclosures (applicable only to GPTY)

Artificial Intelligence Risk. Issuers engaged in artificial intelligence typically have high research and capital expenditures and, as a result, their profitability can vary widely, if they are profitable at all. The space in which they are engaged is highly competitive and issuers’ products and services may become obsolete very quickly. These companies are heavily dependent on intellectual property rights and may be adversely affected by loss or impairment of those rights. The issuers are also subject to legal, regulatory and political changes that may have a large impact on their profitability. A failure in an issuer’s product or even questions about the safety of the product could be devastating to the issuer, especially if it is the marquee product of the issuer. It can be difficult to accurately capture what qualifies as an artificial intelligence company.

Technology Sector Risk. The Fund will invest substantially in companies in the information technology sector, and therefore the performance of the Fund could be negatively impacted by events affecting this sector. Market or economic factors impacting technology companies and companies that rely heavily on technological advances could have a significant effect on the value of the Fund’s investments. The value of stocks of information technology companies and companies that rely heavily on technology is particularly vulnerable to rapid changes in technology product cycles, rapid product obsolescence, government regulation and competition, both domestically and internationally, including competition from foreign competitors with lower production costs. Stocks of information technology companies and companies that rely heavily on technology, especially those of smaller, less-seasoned companies, tend to be more volatile than the overall market. Information technology companies are heavily dependent on patent and intellectual property rights, the loss or impairment of which may adversely affect profitability.

Risk Disclosure (applicable only to MARO)

Digital Assets Risk: The Fund does not invest directly in Bitcoin or any other digital assets. The Fund does not invest directly in derivatives that track the performance of Bitcoin or any other digital assets. The Fund does not invest in or seek direct exposure to the current “spot” or cash price of Bitcoin. Investors seeking direct exposure to the price of Bitcoin should consider an investment other than the Fund. Digital assets like Bitcoin, designed as mediums of exchange, are still an emerging asset class. They operate independently of any central authority or government backing and are subject to regulatory changes and extreme price volatility.

Risk Disclosures (applicable only to BABO and TSMY)

Currency Risk: Indirect exposure to foreign currencies subjects the Fund to the risk that currencies will decline in value relative to the U.S. dollar. Currency rates in foreign countries may fluctuate significantly over short periods of time for a number of reasons, including changes in interest rates and the imposition of currency controls or other political developments in the U.S. or abroad.

Depositary Receipts Risk: The securities underlying BABO and TSMY are American Depositary Receipts (“ADRs”). Investment in ADRs may be less liquid than the underlying shares in their primary trading market.

Foreign Market and Trading Risk: The trading markets for many foreign securities are not as active as U.S. markets and may have less governmental regulation and oversight.

Foreign Securities Risk: Investments in securities of non-U.S. issuers involve certain risks that may not be present with investments in securities of U.S. issuers, such as risk of loss due to foreign currency fluctuations or to political or economic instability, as well as varying regulatory requirements applicable to investments in non-U.S. issuers. There may be less information publicly available about a non-U.S. issuer than a U.S. issuer. Non-U.S. issuers may also be subject to different regulatory, accounting, auditing, financial reporting and investor protection standards than U.S. issuers.

Risk Disclosures (applicable only to GDXY)

Risk of Investing in Foreign Securities. The Fund is exposed indirectly to the securities of foreign issuers selected by GDX®’s investment adviser, which subjects the Fund to the risks associated with such companies. Investments in the securities of foreign issuers involve risks beyond those associated with investments in U.S. securities.

Risk of Investing in Gold and Silver Mining Companies. The Fund is exposed indirectly to gold and silver mining companies selected by GDX®’s investment adviser, which subjects the Fund to the risks associated with such companies.

The Fund invests in options contracts based on the value of the VanEck Gold Miners ETF (GDX®), which subjects the Fund to some of the same risks as if it owned GDX®, as well as the risks associated with Canadian, Australian and Emerging Market Issuers, and Small-and Medium-Capitalization companies.

Risk Disclosures (applicable only to YBIT)

YBIT does not invest directly in Bitcoin or any other digital assets. YBIT does not invest directly in derivatives that track the performance of Bitcoin or any other digital assets. YBIT does not invest in or seek direct exposure to the current “spot” or cash price of Bitcoin. Investors seeking direct exposure to the price of Bitcoin should consider an investment other than YBIT.

Bitcoin Investment Risk: The Fund’s indirect investment in Bitcoin, through holdings in one or more Underlying ETPs, exposes it to the unique risks of this emerging innovation. Bitcoin’s price is highly volatile, and its market is influenced by the changing Bitcoin network, fluctuating acceptance levels, and unpredictable usage trends.

Digital Assets Risk: Digital assets like Bitcoin, designed as mediums of exchange, are still an emerging asset class. They operate independently of any central authority or government backing and are subject to regulatory changes and extreme price volatility. Potentially No 1940 Act Protections. As of the date of this Prospectus, there is only a single eligible Underlying ETP, and it is an investment company subject to the 1940 Act.

Bitcoin ETP Risk: The Fund invests in options contracts that are based on the value of the Bitcoin ETP. This subjects the Fund to certain of the same risks as if it owned shares of the Bitcoin ETP, even though it does not. Bitcoin ETPs are subject, but not limited, to significant risk and heightened volatility. An investor in a Bitcoin ETP may lose their entire investment. Bitcoin ETPs are not suitable for all investors. In addition, not all Bitcoin ETPs are registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940. Those Bitcoin ETPs that are not registered under such statute are therefore not subject to the same regulations as exchange traded products that are so registered.

Risk Disclosures (applicable only to the Short ETFs)

Investing involves risk. Principal loss is possible.

Price Appreciation Risk. As part of the Fund’s synthetic covered put strategy, the Fund purchases and sells call and put option contracts that are based on the value of the underlying reference asset. This strategy subjects the Fund to certain of the same risks as if it shorted the underlying reference asset, even though it does not. By virtue of the Fund’s indirect inverse exposure to changes in the value of the underlying reference asset, the Fund is subject to the risk that the value of the underlying reference asset increases. If the value of the underlying reference asset increases, the Fund will likely lose value and, as a result, the Fund may suffer significant losses.

Put Writing Strategy Risk. The path dependency (i.e., the continued use) of the Fund’s put writing (selling) strategy will impact the extent that the Fund participates in decreases in the value of the underlying reference asset and, in turn, the Fund’s returns, both during the term of the sold put options and over longer periods.

Purchased OTM Call Options Risk. The Fund’s strategy is subject to potential losses if the underlying reference asset increases in value, which may not be offset by the purchase of out-of-the-money (OTM) call options. The Fund purchases OTM calls to seek to manage (cap) the Fund’s potential losses from the Fund’s short exposure to the underlying reference asset if it appreciates significantly in value. However, the OTM call options will cap the Fund’s losses only to the extent that the value of the underlying reference asset increases to a level that is at or above the strike level of the purchased OTM call options. Any increase in the value of the underlying reference asset to a level that is below the strike level of the purchased OTM call options will result in a corresponding loss for the Fund. For example, if the OTM call options have a strike level that is approximately 100% above the then-current value of the underlying reference asset at the time of the call option purchase, and the value of the underlying reference asset increases by at least 100% during the term of the purchased OTM call options, the Fund will lose all its value. Since the Fund bears the costs of purchasing the OTM calls, such costs will decrease the Fund’s value and/or any income otherwise generated by the Fund’s investment strategy.

Options Contracts. The use of options contracts involves investment strategies and risks different from those associated with ordinary portfolio securities transactions. The prices of options are volatile and are influenced by, among other things, actual and anticipated changes in the value of the underlying reference asset, including the anticipated volatility, which are affected by fiscal and monetary policies and by national and international political, changes in the actual or implied volatility or the reference asset, the time remaining until the expiration of the option contract and economic events.

High Portfolio Turnover Risk. The Fund may actively and frequently trade all or a significant portion of the Fund’s holdings.

Liquidity Risk. Some securities held by the Fund, including options contracts, may be difficult to sell or be illiquid, particularly during times of market turmoil.

Price Participation Risk. The Fund employs an investment strategy that includes the sale of put option contracts, which limits the degree to which the Fund will participate in decreases in value experienced by the underlying reference asset over the Put Period.

Single Issuer Risk. Issuer-specific attributes may cause an investment in the Fund to be more volatile than a traditional pooled investment which diversifies risk or the market generally. The value of the Fund, for any Fund that focuses on an individual security (e.g., TSLA, COIN, NVDA), may be more volatile than a traditional pooled investment or the market as a whole and may perform differently from the value of a traditional pooled investment or the market as a whole.

Risk Disclosures (applicable only to YQQQ)

Index Overview. The Nasdaq 100 Index is a benchmark index that includes 100 of the largest non-financial companies listed on the Nasdaq Stock Market, based on market capitalization.

Index Level Appreciation Risk. As part of the Fund’s synthetic covered put strategy, the Fund purchases and sells call and put option contracts that are based on the Index level. This strategy subjects the Fund to certain of the same risks as if it shorted the Index, even though it does not. By virtue of the Fund’s indirect inverse exposure to changes in the Index level, the Fund is subject to the risk that the Index level increases. If the Index level increases, the Fund will likely lose value and, as a result, the Fund may suffer significant losses. The Fund may also be subject to the following risks: innovation and technological advancement; strong market presence of Index constituent companies; adaptability to global market trends; and resilience and recovery potential.

Index Level Participation Risk. The Fund employs an investment strategy that includes the sale of put option contracts, which limits the degree to which the Fund will benefit from decreases in the Index level experienced over the Put Period. This means that if the Index level experiences a decrease in value below the strike level of the sold put options during a Put Period, the Fund will likely not experience that increase to the same extent and any Fund gains may significantly differ from the level of the Index losses over the Put Period. Additionally, because the Fund is limited in the degree to which it will participate in decreases in value experienced by the Index level over each Put Period, but has significant negative exposure to any increases in value experienced by the Index level over the Put Period, the NAV of the Fund may decrease over any given period. The Fund’s NAV is dependent on the value of each options portfolio, which is based principally upon the inverse of the performance of the Index level. The Fund’s ability to benefit from the Index level decreases will depend on prevailing market conditions, especially market volatility, at the time the Fund enters into the sold put option contracts and will vary from Put Period to Put Period. The value of the options contracts is affected by changes in the value and dividend rates of component companies that comprise the Index, changes in interest rates, changes in the actual or perceived volatility of the Index and the remaining time to the options’ expiration, as well as trading conditions in the options market. As the Index level changes and time moves towards the expiration of each Put Period, the value of the options contracts, and therefore the Fund’s NAV, will change. However, it is not expected for the Fund’s NAV to directly inversely correlate on a day-to-day basis with the returns of the Index level. The amount of time remaining until the options contract’s expiration date affects the impact that the value of the options contracts has on the Fund’s NAV, which may not be in full effect until the expiration date of the Fund’s options contracts. Therefore, while changes in the Index level will result in changes to the Fund’s NAV, the Fund generally anticipates that the rate of change in the Fund’s NAV will be different than the inverse of the changes experienced by the Index level.

YieldMax™ ETFs are distributed by Foreside Fund Services, LLC. Foreside is not affiliated with Tidal Financial Group, YieldMax™ ETFs.

The MIL Network –

February 6, 2025

MIL-OSI Economics: Investors, Trump and the Illuminati: What the “Nigerian prince” scams became in 2024

Source: Securelist – Kaspersky

Headline: Investors, Trump and the Illuminati: What the “Nigerian prince” scams became in 2024

“Nigerian” spam is a collective term for messages designed to entice victims with alluring offers and draw them into an email exchange with scammers, who will try to defraud them of their money. The original “Nigerian” spam emails were sent in the name of influential and wealthy individuals from Nigeria, hence the name of the scam.

The themes of these phishing emails evolved over time, with cybercriminals leveraging contemporary events and popular trends to pique the interest of their targets. However, the distinctive characteristics of the messages that placed them in the “Nigerian” scam category remained unchanged:

The user is encouraged to reply to an email. It is usually enough for the attackers to receive a reply in any format, but sometimes they ask the victim to provide additional information, such as contact details or an address.
Typically, scammers mention a large amount of money that they claim the recipient is entitled to, either due to sheer luck or because of their special status. However, some emails use other types of bait: investment opportunities, generous gifts, invitations to an exclusive community, and so on.
The body of most “Nigerian” scam emails includes the email address – often registered with a free email service – of the alleged benefactor or an agent, which may be different from the sender’s address. Sometimes the return address is given in the Reply-To field rather than the message itself, and the address also differs from the one in the From field. Alternatively, the message body might contain a phone number in place of an email address.
The messages are often poorly written, with a large number of mistakes and typos. The text may well be the product of low-quality machine translation or generated by a large language model poorly trained on that language.

Types of “Nigerian” email messages

Email from wealthy benefactors

A fairly common tactic that has superseded the original “Nigerian” scam involves messages purportedly from wealthy individuals suffering from a terminal illness and facing imminent death. They claim to have no heirs, and therefore wish to bequeath their vast fortune to the recipient, whom they deem worthy.

Subject: PLEASE READ CAREFULLY From: “Judith Peters”> Reply-To: <attorneycchplain> Dearest One I’m Mrs Judith Peters a Successful business Woman dealing with Exportation, I got your mail contact through search in order to let you know my Ugly Situation. Am a dying Woman here in Los Angeles California Hospital Bed in (USA),I Lost my Husband and my only Daughter for Covid-19 in March 2020 I’m dying with a cancer disease at the moment. My Doctor open-up to me that he is Afraid to tell me my Condition and inside me, I already know that I’m not going to survive and I can’t live alone without my Family on Earth. I have a project that I am about to hand over to you. and I already instructed the Heritage Bank to transfer my fund sum of $50,000.000.00usd to you, so as to enable you to give 50% to Charitable Home and take 50% for yourself. Don’t think otherwise and why would anybody send someone you barely know to help you deliver a message, help me do this for the happiness of my soul. Please, do as I said there was someone from your State that I deeply love so very very much and I miss her so badly I have no means to reach any Charitable Home there,that is why I go for a personal search of the Country and State and I got your mail contact through search to let you know my Bitterness and the situation that i am passing through. Please help me accomplish my goal,ask my Attorney to help me keep you notice failure for me to reach you in person. The Doctor said I have a few days to live, please contact my attorney with the following email address and phone number as soon as possible, I am finding it difficult to breathe now and I am not sure if I can stay up to two week. Name Attorney Chaplain Upright Email:attorneycchplain@… Please hurry up to contact my attorney so that he can direct you on how you will hand over 50% of the $50,000,000.00 to Charity, i really want to achieve that goal by helping the Charity organization before I die. My Regards. Mrs Judith Peters</attorneycchplain>

Subject: PLEASE READ CAREFULLY

From: “Judith Peters”>

Reply-To:

Dearest One

I’m Mrs Judith Peters a Successful business Woman dealing with Exportation, I got your mail contact through search

in order to let you know my Ugly Situation.

Am a dying Woman here in Los Angeles California Hospital Bed in (USA),I Lost my Husband and my only Daughter

for Covid-19 in March 2020 I’m dying with a cancer disease at the moment.

My Doctor open-up to me that he is Afraid to tell me my Condition and inside me, I already know that I’m not going to

survive and I can’t live alone without my Family on Earth.

I have a project that I am about to hand over to you. and I already instructed the Heritage Bank to transfer my fund

sum of $50,000.000.00usd to you, so as to enable you to give 50% to Charitable Home and take 50% for yourself.

Don’t think otherwise and why would anybody send someone you barely know to help you deliver a message, help me

do this for the happiness of my soul.

Please, do as I said there was someone from your State that I deeply love so very very much and I miss her so badly I

have no means to reach any Charitable Home there,that is why I go for a personal search of the Country and State and

I got your mail contact through search to let you know my Bitterness and the situation that i am passing through.

Please help me accomplish my goal,ask my Attorney to help me keep you notice failure for me to reach you in person.

The Doctor said I have a few days to live, please contact my attorney with the following email address and phone

number as soon as possible, I am finding it difficult to breathe now and I am not sure if I can stay up to two week.

Name Attorney Chaplain Upright

Email:attorneycchplain@…

Please hurry up to contact my attorney so that he can direct you on how you will hand over 50% of the $50,000,000.00

to Charity, i really want to achieve that goal by helping the Charity organization before I die.

My Regards.

Mrs Judith Peters

The narrative may change slightly from one email to the next. For example, a “wealthy benefactor” might ask the recipient to act as a go-between for a monetary transfer to a third party in exchange for a reward, as described in the email above, or simply offer a valuable gift. The message can claim to be written by either a dying millionaire or, as in the example below, a legal representative of the deceased.

Alternatively, the “millionaires” may be in good health and supposedly donating their money purely out of the goodness of their hearts. To enhance credibility, attackers can embed links to publicly available data about the individual they’re posing as.

Subject: DONATION From: Maria Elizabeth Schaeffler <harshvardhan.lakhara> Dear [Recipient Name], My name is Maria-Elisabeth Schaeffler. I am a German business magnate, investor and philanthropist. I am the owner of the Schaeffler Group at Schaeffler Technologies AG & Co. KG at Schaeffler Technologies AG & Co. KG. I spend 25% of my wealth for charitable causes. Also, I have pledged to give away the remaining 25% this year to private individuals. I have decided to donate €4,500,000 to you. If you are interested in accepting this donation, please contact me for details. Send an email to: …@gmail.com You can learn more about me by visiting the link below https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Maria-Elisabeth_Schaeffler Greetings, Maria-Elisabeth Schaeffler, Managing Director, Wipro Limited …@gmail.com</harshvardhan.lakhara>

Subject: DONATION

From: Maria Elizabeth Schaeffler

Dear [Recipient Name],

My name is Maria-Elisabeth Schaeffler. I am a German business magnate, investor and philanthropist. I am the owner

of the Schaeffler Group at Schaeffler Technologies AG & Co. KG at Schaeffler Technologies AG & Co. KG. I spend

25% of my wealth for charitable causes. Also, I have pledged to give away the remaining 25% this year to private

individuals. I have decided to donate €4,500,000 to you. If you are interested in accepting this donation, please contact

me for details.

Send an email to: …@gmail.com

You can learn more about me by visiting the link below

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Maria-Elisabeth_Schaeffler

Greetings,

Maria-Elisabeth Schaeffler, Managing Director, Wipro Limited …@gmail.com

Compensation scams

Beyond the “millionaire giveaway” scam, fraudsters frequently use the lure of compensations from governments, banks and other trusted entities. By doing so, they exploit the victim’s vulnerability rather than their greed. Scammers sometimes take their victims on an emotional rollercoaster ride. They start by frightening people with bad news, then calm them down by saying the problem has been fixed, and finally surprise them with a generous offer of compensation.

For example, in the email screenshot below, the attackers, posing as high-ranking officials at a major bank, claim that “corrupt employees” were attempting to steal the recipient’s money. The bank claims to have taken action and is offering an exorbitant amount as damage compensation. To get it, the recipient is urged to contact a correspondent bank as soon as possible at an email address, which is, unsurprisingly, registered with a free email service.

Scammers have another trick up their sleeve when it comes to compensations: they pretend to be from the police or some international organization and promise to give victims of “Nigerian” scams or other rip-offs their money back. In the example below, scammers, posing as the Financial Stability Council and the United Bank for Africa (UBA), promise the victim a payout from a so-called “fraud victims compensation fund”.

Subject: Fund Ref: 110/XX/236/OB/2024 From: “Dr.John Schindler (Secretary General)” <tguil></tguil>

Attention My Dear,
After the Global Financial Pact Summit, Monday, November 11, 2024 in Paris we have come to the conclusion to pay
Scammed victim compensation fund. You are in the badge B category that are going to benefit from the world’s largest
humanitarian aid budgets. With due regards to the instruction from the Financial Stability Board (FSB). We want to
inform you that (The Financial Stability Board (FSB)) have arranged with UNITED BANK FOR AFRICA to
immediately effect your payment through the online transfer of your $1.750.000.00usd via UBA BANK online
transfers. The transfer of your fund will be processed and completed within 3 working days, within which the fund
will safely reflect into any designated bank account of your choice.
To this effect, you’re required to contact
Sir.Joseph Warfel Mandy
Online Banking Services, UBA BANK
Email : …@gmail.com
Deposit And Fund Details
Fund Ref: 110/XX/236/OB/2024
Fund Value .. $1.750.000.00
Fund Origin ..Financial Stability Board (FSB)
Paying Formula.. UBA BANK Online Transfer!
Contact Sir.Joseph Warfel Mandy with your
Full names
Direct telephone number
Your identification Number
Current Address
He will furnish you with all necessary online information to carry out the online transfer of your fund by yourself.
Please note that F.S.B mobilization and efficiency sum of $125 is the only payable/required sum to effectively
complete your online transfer without any delay.
Thanks and best regards
Dr.John Schindler (Secretary General)
Copyright @The Financial Stability Board (FSB)

Subject: Fund Ref: 110/XX/236/OB/2024

From: “Dr.John Schindler (Secretary General)”

Attention My Dear,

After the Global Financial Pact Summit, Monday, November 11, 2024 in Paris we have come to the conclusion to pay

Scammed victim compensation fund. You are in the badge B category that are going to benefit from the world’s largest

humanitarian aid budgets. With due regards to the instruction from the Financial Stability Board (FSB). We want to

inform you that (The Financial Stability Board (FSB)) have arranged with UNITED BANK FOR AFRICA to

immediately effect your payment through the online transfer of your $1.750.000.00usd via UBA BANK online

transfers. The transfer of your fund will be processed and completed within 3 working days, within which the fund

will safely reflect into any designated bank account of your choice.

To this effect, you’re required to contact

Sir.Joseph Warfel Mandy

Online Banking Services, UBA BANK

Email : …@gmail.com

Deposit And Fund Details

Fund Ref: 110/XX/236/OB/2024

Fund Value .. $1.750.000.00

Fund Origin ..Financial Stability Board (FSB)

Paying Formula.. UBA BANK Online Transfer!

Contact Sir.Joseph Warfel Mandy with your

Full names

Direct telephone number

Your identification Number

Current Address

He will furnish you with all necessary online information to carry out the online transfer of your fund by yourself.

Please note that F.S.B mobilization and efficiency sum of $125 is the only payable/required sum to effectively

complete your online transfer without any delay.

Thanks and best regards

Dr.John Schindler (Secretary General)

Sometimes scammers pretend to be “victims of fraud” themselves. The screenshot below shows a common example: scammers masquerade as victims of cryptocurrency fraud, offering help from “noble hackers” who they claim helped them recover their losses.

Lottery scams

Lottery win notification scams share many similarities with “Nigerian” scams. Fraudsters promise recipients large sums of money and provide their contact details for further communication. It’s likely that the victim has never heard of the lottery they’ve supposedly won.

In some cases, scammers employ unusual tactics. For example, in a message claiming to be from a European lottery director, the email body is all but empty. All the “win” details and next steps are in a PDF attachment. The file includes a free email address, which is typical of “Nigerian” scams, and asks you to send fairly detailed personal information, such as your full name, address, and both your mobile and landline phone numbers. They even ask for your job position.

In other similar emails, we noticed image attachments that included all the details about the supposed “win” and contact information.

Another lottery scam tactic combines two types of bait: a lottery win (fraudsters pretend to be someone else who has won and is now offering you money) and offering a donation from a wealthy elderly person.

Subject: Spende von €1,500,000.00 From: Theodorus Struyck <dina> Reply-To: Theodorus Struyck <...> Wir freuen uns, Ihnen mitteilen zu können, dass Ihnen und Ihrer Familie eine Spende von €1,500,000..00 von Theodorus Struyck, 65, geschenkt wurde und der Gewinner des zweitgrößten Jackpot-Preises der kalifornischen Lotterie Powerball im Wert von 1,765 Mrd. 11, 2023 , ein Teil dieser Spende ist für Sie und Ihre Familie. und diese Spende wird auch zur Armutsbekämpfung beitragen, für arme und ältere Menschen in Ihrer Gemeinde, indem sie der Menschheit helfen. Bitte kontaktieren Sie uns für weitere Informationen, um das Geld per E-Mail zu erhalten: …@gmail.com, …@outlook.com</...></dina>

Subject: Spende von €1,500,000.00

From: Theodorus Struyck

Reply-To: Theodorus Struyck <...>

Wir freuen uns, Ihnen mitteilen zu können, dass Ihnen und Ihrer Familie eine Spende von €1,500,000..00 von

Theodorus Struyck, 65, geschenkt wurde und der Gewinner des zweitgrößten Jackpot-Preises der kalifornischen

Lotterie Powerball im Wert von 1,765 Mrd. 11, 2023 , ein Teil dieser Spende ist für Sie und Ihre Familie. und diese

Spende wird auch zur Armutsbekämpfung beitragen, für arme und ältere Menschen in Ihrer Gemeinde, indem sie der

Menschheit helfen. Bitte kontaktieren Sie uns für weitere Informationen, um das Geld per E-Mail zu erhalten:

…@gmail.com, …@outlook.com

In some cases, to make their scams more convincing, scammers attach photos of documents to their emails that supposedly confirm the sender’s identity or their winnings.

Online dating scams

Some “Nigerian” scams are so sophisticated that they can be hard to spot right away. These include offers of friendship that often develop into romantic conversations, which can be almost indistinguishable from real-life interactions. We’ve seen examples of really long email exchanges where a whole drama played out. A man and a woman met online and hit it off, chatting for hours about everything under the sun. Now, one of them is finally ready to meet the other in person. However, they can’t afford the ticket or visa, and they’re pleading with their partner for financial help so they can meet.

In a different scenario, the scammer pretends to send an expensive gift to their partner. Eventually, they claim they can’t afford the postage and ask the victim to cover the costs. If the victim agrees, they’ll be hit with a series of additional fees, and the package will never materialize.

“Nigerian” spam for businesses

While “Nigerian” scams are often targeted at individual users, similar spam can also be found in the B2B sector. Cybercriminals claim to be seeking businesses to invest in, and the recipient’s company may be their target. To arrange a “partnership”, they ask the recipient to reply to the email.

Subject: Potential Investment Opportunities in Russia From: Grigorii Iuvchenko <grigorii.iuvchenko> Dear [Recipient’s Name], I hope this email catches you off guard. I am a business development professional at Sovereign Wealth Portfolio Limited. We operate on behalf of the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia through the Saudi Fund. As you may be aware, Saudi Arabia is in the process of applying for membership in the BRICS economic bloc, which includes Brazil, Russia, India, China and South Africa. As part of this process, Saudi Arabia is required to invest a certain amount in each of these member countries. I have been tasked with identifying potential investment opportunities in Russia, and I believe that you or your organization could be a suitable candidate. Whether it is a new venture, a project, or an existing business, I would be interested to hear your thoughts on possible partnership opportunities. I look forward to your response. Sincerely, Alexander Maksakov Business Development Director Sovereign Wealth Portfolio Limited</grigorii.iuvchenko>

Subject: Potential Investment Opportunities in Russia

From: Grigorii Iuvchenko

Dear [Recipient’s Name],

I hope this email catches you off guard. I am a business development professional at Sovereign Wealth Portfolio

Limited. We operate on behalf of the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia through the Saudi Fund. As you may be aware, Saudi

Arabia is in the process of applying for membership in the BRICS economic bloc, which includes Brazil, Russia,

India, China and South Africa. As part of this process, Saudi Arabia is required to invest a certain amount in each of

these member countries.

I have been tasked with identifying potential investment opportunities in Russia, and I believe that you or your

organization could be a suitable candidate. Whether it is a new venture, a project, or an existing business, I would be

interested to hear your thoughts on possible partnership opportunities.

I look forward to your response.

Sincerely,

Alexander Maksakov

Business Development Director

Sovereign Wealth Portfolio Limited

Current “Nigerian” spam themes

Some of the spam samples above reference recent or current real-world events, such as the COVID-19 pandemic or Saudi Arabia’s possible BRICS membership. This is typical of “Nigerian” scams. There are countless ways scammers exploit various global or local, significant or ordinary, positive or negative events, news, incidents, and activities to pursue their selfish goals.

The most talked-about event of 2024, the US presidential election, significantly influenced the types of scams we saw. Emails that took advantage of this topic were sent to users around the globe. For instance, in the following message, the scammers claimed that the recipient, who uses a German email address, was lucky enough to win millions of dollars from the Donald J. Trump Foundation.

Subject: DONALD TRUMP FOUNDATION From: MR Donald trump <katsuhito_ogura> Reply-To: …@gmail.com Hello., this email is from Donald J. Trump Foundation, American politician, media personality, and businessman who served as the 45th president of the United States from 2017 to 2021. , The Trump Foundation is a charitable organization formed in 1988. As we happily celebrate Mr Donald J. Trump as 47th President of the United States. It gives me great joy to announce to you that after the winning of election, Donald J. Trump has called for the reopening of the Trump foundation which was closed years ago. The Trump foundation is giving out $15,000,000.00 each to 50 lucky people around the world to unknown randomly selected individual Emails online,the foundation simply attempt to be fearful when others are greedy and to be greedy only when others are fearful Price is what you pay, Value is what you get, Someone’s sitting in the shade today because someone planted a tree a long time ago. You have been selected to receive this $15,000,000.00, as a lucky one confirm back to me that this selected unknown email is valid,Visit the web page to know more about the Donald J. Trump Foundation, https://… Contact. This email below (…@gmail.com) Best Regards Donald J. Trump Foundation</katsuhito_ogura>

Subject: DONALD TRUMP FOUNDATION

From: MR Donald trump

Reply-To: …@gmail.com

Hello., this email is from Donald J. Trump Foundation, American

politician, media personality, and businessman who served as the 45th

president of the United States from 2017 to 2021. , The Trump Foundation

is a charitable organization formed in 1988.

As we happily celebrate Mr Donald J. Trump as 47th President of the

United States.

It gives me great joy to announce to you that after the winning of

election, Donald J. Trump has called for the reopening of the Trump

foundation which was closed years ago.

The Trump foundation is giving out $15,000,000.00 each to 50 lucky

people around the world to unknown randomly selected individual

Emails online,the foundation simply attempt to be fearful when others

are greedy and to be greedy only when others are fearful Price is what

you pay, Value is what you get, Someone’s sitting in the shade today

because someone planted a tree a long time ago.

You have been selected to receive this $15,000,000.00, as a lucky one

confirm back to me that this selected unknown email is valid,Visit

the web page to know more about the Donald J. Trump Foundation,

https://…

Contact. This email below (…@gmail.com)

Best Regards

Donald J. Trump Foundation

Creativity unbound

While most spam fits into well-known categories, scammers can come up with some very surprising offers. We’ve seen quite a few messages from people claiming they’re giving away a piano because they’re moving or because the previous owner has passed away, as is often the case.

Sometimes you find some really unusual specimens. For example, in the screenshot below, there’s an email allegedly sent from a secret society of Illuminati who claim to be ready to share their wealth and power, as well as make the lucky recipient famous if they agree to become part of their grand brotherhood.

Conclusion

“Nigerian” spam has existed for a long time and is characterized by its diversity. Fraudsters can pose as both real and fictitious individuals: bank employees, lawyers, businesspeople, magnates, bankers, ambassadors, company executives, law enforcement officers, presidents or even members of secret societies. They use a variety of stories to hook the user: compensations and reimbursements, donations and charity, winnings, inheritances, investments, and much more. Messages can be anything from short and captivating to long and persuasive, filled with numerous convincing claims designed to lull the victim into a false sense of security. The main danger of such emails lies in the fact that at first glance, there is nothing harmful in them: no links to phishing sites and no suspicious attachments. Scammers exclusively rely on social engineering and are willing to correspond with the victim for an extended period, increasing the credibility of their fabricated story.

To avoid falling victim to such scams, it’s important to understand the dangers of tempting offers and to be critical of emails allegedly sent from influential individuals. If possible, it’s best to avoid responding to messages from unverified senders altogether. If for some reason you can’t avoid corresponding with a stranger, before responding to even an innocent message about finding a new owner for a piano, it’s worth double-checking the information in it, paying attention to inconsistencies, grammatical errors, etc. If the reply-to address is different from the sender’s address, or if you see a different address in the email body, this may be a sign of fraud.

MIL OSI Economics –

February 6, 2025

MIL-OSI: Aerospike 8 Delivers The First Real-Time Distributed ACID Transaction Database With High Performance at Scale

Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

MOUNTAIN VIEW, Calif., Feb. 05, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Aerospike, Inc. (“Aerospike”), today unveiled Database 8, a major upgrade of its flagship multi-model distributed database. Version 8 adds distributed ACID transactions to support large-scale online transaction processing (OLTP) applications. Building on its enterprise-grade operations and best-in-class efficiency, Aerospike 8 is the first real-time distributed database to guarantee strict serializability of ACID transactions with industry-leading performance and efficiency at a fraction of the cost of other systems.

For industries and applications like banking, e-commerce, inventory management, healthcare, order processing and telecom — or any digital business requiring mission-critical transactional workloads — reliable, consistent, and scalable distributed OLTP systems are non-negotiable. Yet, legacy databases have struggled to deliver.

For nearly a decade, Aerospike has set the standard in strong consistency for single-record requests, achieving millions of transactions per second (TPS) with sub-millisecond latency, whether at gigabytes or petabytes of data. Aerospike Database 8 expands data consistency guarantees with strict serializability (the highest-level guarantee) to distributed multi-object transactions with low latency, even while serving massive concurrent connections.

Now, businesses can achieve the most stringent level of guarantees, eliminating inconsistencies that can lead to costly errors while benefitting from real-time performance. Since Aerospike requires a fraction of the hardware resources of other databases, enterprises benefit from both substantial operational cost savings and the opportunity to embrace new environmental sustainability goals.

“Aerospike has always been a transaction powerhouse, with customers scaling to hundreds of millions of TPS on massive amounts of data,” said Subbu Iyer, CEO of Aerospike. “With 8.0, Aerospike has solved one of the most challenging problems in distributed systems so that enterprises can break free from the decades-old trade-off between transactional consistency and high performance — and scale mission-critical applications without compromise.”

Building Powerful, Scalable OLTP Applications Has Never Been Easier

Aerospike’s distributed transaction support simplifies OLTP development by moving the burden of building and maintaining transaction management logic from the application to the database. Developers get Aerospike’s intuitive transaction APIs to speed and simplify development. Spring developers can immediately write to the same Spring Data transaction APIs they are used to, and Java developers can code to the standard Spring Framework transaction management APIs without any knowledge of Aerospike internal processes.

The Aerospike Multi-model Database Advantage

Aerospike’s multi-model database engine (supporting document, key-value, graph, and vector data types) also significantly reduces development and operational complexity. Developers can choose the best data model for each specific use case, reducing overhead and enhancing agility.

The Aerospike multi-model database can be deployed on premises and on all major public clouds, giving developers and operators the flexibility needed to deploy real-time applications wherever and however they like, including in hybrid environments.

Try Aerospike Database 8. For a full technical overview and list of new and notable features, please visit our technical blog and register to attend our webinar on understanding high-throughput transactions at scale.

About Aerospike

Aerospike is the real-time database built for infinite scale, speed, and savings. Our customers are ready for what’s next with the lowest latency and the highest throughput data platform. Cloud- and AI-forward, we empower leading organizations like Adobe, Airtel, Criteo, DBS Bank, Experian, Flipkart, PayPal, Snap, and Sony Interactive Entertainment. Headquartered in Mountain View, California, our offices include London, Bangalore, and Tel Aviv.

Aerospike^® is a registered trademark of Aerospike, Inc.

Contact:
John Moran
Look Left Marketing
aerospike@lookleftmarketing.com

The MIL Network –

February 6, 2025
MIL-OSI: Virtune AB (Publ) launches two new Crypto ETPs on Nasdaq Helsinki
Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

Helsinki, February 5th, 2025 – Virtune, a Swedish regulated digital asset manager and issuer of crypto exchange-traded products, today announced the listing of Virtune Avalanche ETP and Virtune Staked Cardano ETP on Nasdaq Helsinki.

Virtune recently introduced the first five crypto ETPs in Finland on Nasdaq Helsinki, receiving a strong reception in the Finnish market. The previously listed products include Virtune Bitcoin ETP, Virtune Staked Ethereum ETP, Virtune Staked Solana ETP, Virtune XRP ETP, and Virtune Crypto Altcoin Index ETP. To meet the growing demand from Finnish investors, Virtune has now expanded its offering with two additional crypto ETPs on Nasdaq Helsinki.

About Virtune Avalanche ETP
Virtune Avalanche ETP provides exposure to Avalanche. Like all of Virtune’s exchange-traded products, Virtune Avalanche ETP is 100% physically backed and fully collateralized, denominated in EUR for the Finnish investors, available through brokers and banks such as Nordnet.

Key Information about Virtune Avalanche ETP and what it offers to investors :
- 1:1 exposure to Avalanche
- 100% physically backed by AVAX
- 1.49% annual management fee
Virtune Avalanche ETP
- Full name: Virtune Avalanche ETP
- Short name: Virtune Avalanche
- Nasdaq Helsinki Ticker: VIRAVAXE
- Trading currency: EUR
- First day of trading: Wednesday 5th of February 2025
- ISIN: SE0022050092
- Stock exchange: Nasdaq Helsinki and Nasdaq Stockholm
About Virtune Staked Cardano ETP
Virtune Staked Cardano ETP provides exposure to Cardano combined with the benefits of staking rewards. Like all of Virtune’s exchange-traded products, Virtune Staked Cardano ETP is 100% physically backed and fully collateralized, is denominated in EUR for the Finnish investors and is available through brokers and banks such as Nordnet.

Key Information about Virtune Staked Cardano ETP and what it offers to investors :
- 1:1 exposure to Cardano with 2% extra annual return through staking rewards
- Staking rewards are added continuously and reflected in the daily price of the ETP
- 100% physically backed by ADA
- 1.49% annual management fee
Virtune Staked Cardano ETP
- Full name: Virtune Staked Cardano ETP
- Short name: Virtune Staked Cardano
- Ticker: VIRADAE
- Trading currency: EUR
- First day of trading: Wednesday 5th of February 2025
- ISIN: SE0021630449
- Stock exchange: Nasdaq Helsinki and Nasdaq Stockholm
Christopher Kock, CEO of Virtune:

“After successfully introducing Finland’s first crypto ETPs on Nasdaq Helsinki two weeks ago, we are pleased to expand our local offering in Finland by announcing the listing of the first Avalanche ETP and Staked Cardano ETP on Nasdaq Helsinki. These innovative products are 100% physically backed, with AVAX and ADA securely stored in cold storage with our custodian, Coinbase. They are accessible to both institutional and retail investors through various brokers and banks.“

If you, as an (institutional) investor, are interested in meeting with Virtune to discuss the opportunities our ETPs offer for your asset management services or to learn more about Virtune and our ETPs, please do not hesitate to contact us at hello@virtune.com. You can also read more about Virtune and our ETPs at www.virtune.com and register your email address on our website to subscribe to our newsletters, which cover updates on Virtune’s upcoming ETP launches and other news related to digital assets.

Press contact
Christopher Kock, CEO Virtune AB (Publ)
christopher@virtune.com
+46 70 073 45 64

Virtune with its headquarters in Stockholm is a regulated Swedish digital asset manager and issuer of crypto exchange traded products on regulated European exchanges. With regulatory compliance, strategic collaborations with industry leaders and our proficient team, we empower investors on a global level to access innovative and sophisticated investment products that are aligned with the evolving landscape of the global crypto market.

Crypto investments are associated with high risk. Virtune does not provide investment advice; investments are made at your own risk. Securities may increase or decrease in value, there is no guarantee of getting back invested capital. Read the prospectus, KID, terms at virtune.com.

The MIL Network –
February 5, 2025
MIL-OSI: MEXC Fuels DeFi Innovation and Liquidity Security with the Berachain (BERA) Listing
Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

VICTORIA, Seychelles, Feb. 05, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — MEXC, the world’s leading cryptocurrency trading platform, announced the listing of the Berachain (BERA), scheduled for February 6, 2025, at 13:00 (UTC). The launch on MEXC will be accompanied by Airdrop+ rewards of 19,100 BERA and 50,000 USDT.

Berachain: From Meme to EVM-Identical Layer 1
Berachain began as a meme, inspired by bear-themed JPEGs, and has since evolved into the creation of an innovative blockchain. It is a Layer 1 network that is both EVM-compatible and powered by a unique Proof of Liquidity (PoL) consensus mechanism. With this mechanism, validators not only stake tokens but also provide liquidity. Through its Proof of Liquidity (PoL) model, Berachain leverages active liquidity providers to secure the network, effectively turning capital into a core security resource.

This groundbreaking approach has attracted significant financial backing, with the project raising $142 million in its latest funding round. As of January 2, the Berachain official website reports that 234 protocols are actively participating in its bArtio Testnet. BERA is a gas token, used for transactions and staking within its ecosystem.

Berachain, powered by the BeaconKit modular consensus layer and built on the Cosmos SDK, offers flexibility for Ethereum-based blockchains. It enables developers to create both Layer-1 and Layer-2 solutions without needing to rewrite programming languages. Recently, Berachain launched Boyco, a pre-launch liquidity platform in collaboration with Enso and LayerZero, designed to address the cold start issue for new decentralized applications. Boyco’s pre-deposit vaults have already reached $2.2 billion.

Celebrate the BERA Launch with a prize pool of 19,100 BERA & 50,000 USDT
In a significant show of support for Berachain and its expansive ecosystem, MEXC is set to list the new BERA token. This move not only underscores MEXC’s commitment to pioneering blockchain projects but also connects users with a dynamic network that fuels cutting-edge initiatives.

MEXC, known for quickly listing trending tokens, expands its offerings with Berachain (BERA). The BERA/USDT trading market officially launched in the Innovation Zone on February 6, 2025, at 13:00 (UTC), followed by the introduction of the BERA USDT perpetual futures at 13:10 (UTC), offering adjustable leverage from 1x to 50x with both cross and isolated margin modes.

To celebrate the listing of Berachain (BERA) on MEXC Spot and Futures on February 6, MEXC is launching a series of exclusive activities starting on February 5, 2025, at 05:00 (UTC). Participants will have the chance to win BERA tokens, USDT bonuses, and other exciting rewards, with opportunities available for both new and experienced users.

These activities include:
- Event 1: Deposit and Share 14,000 BERA (New User Exclusive)
Deposit at least 15 BERA or 100 USDT to qualify.
Trade BERA Spot ($100) or trade BERA Perpetual Futures ($500) to earn 2 BERA each, limited to 3,500 users per activity, on a first-come, first-served basis.
- Event 2: Spot Challenge — Trade to Share 1,000 BERA (Open to All Users).
- Event 3: Futures Challenge — Trade to Share 50,000 USDT in Futures Bonuses (Open to All Users).
The top 2,000 users with trading volumes over 20,000 USDT will share the reward pool, with individual rewards of up to 5,000 USDT.
- Event 4: Invite New Users and Share 4,000 BERA.
- Event 5: Spread the Word and Win 1,00 BERA Rewards
Your Easiest Way to Trending Tokens
MEXC aims to become the go-to platform offering the widest range of valuable crypto assets. The platform has grown its user base to 30 million by providing a diverse selection of tokens, high-frequency airdrops, and simple participation processes. In 2024, MEXC launched a total of 2,376 new tokens, including 1,716 initial listings and 605 memecoins, with total airdrop rewards exceeding $136 million.

About MEXC
Founded in 2018, MEXC is committed to being “Your Easiest Way to Crypto”. Serving over 30 million users across 170+ countries, MEXC is known for its broad selection of trending tokens, frequent airdrop opportunities, and low trading fees. Our user-friendly platform is designed to support both new traders and experienced investors, offering secure and efficient access to digital assets. MEXC prioritizes simplicity and innovation, making crypto trading more accessible and rewarding.

MEXC Official Website｜ X ｜ Telegram ｜How to Sign Up on MEXC

Contact:
Lucia Hu
PR Manager
lucia.hu@mexc.com

Disclaimer: This content is provided by MEXC. The statements, views and opinions expressed in this column are solely those of the content provider. The information provided in this press release is not a solicitation for investment, nor is it intended as investment advice, financial advice, or trading advice. It is strongly recommended you practice due diligence, including consultation with a professional financial advisor, before investing in or trading cryptocurrency and securities. Please conduct your own research and invest at your own risk.

A photo accompanying this announcement is available at https://www.globenewswire.com/NewsRoom/AttachmentNg/7423d696-0d03-4630-a1e9-69d0a78c2b2d

The MIL Network –
February 5, 2025
MIL-OSI Africa: Islamic Corporation for the Development of the Private Sector Signs the Country Work Program 2025 for Egypt, Unveiling $100 Million Financing Plan

Source: Africa Press Organisation – English (2) – Report:

CAIRO, Egypt, February 5, 2025/APO Group/ —

The Islamic Corporation for the Development of the Private Sector (ICD) (www.ICD-ps.org), the private sector arm of the Islamic Development Bank Group (IsDB), has signed it’s the Country Work Program 2025 for Egypt, marking a significant milestone in its strategic partnership with the country.

The signing ceremony took place in Cairo, in the presence of key government officials, including HE Dr. Rania Al-Mashat, Minister of Planning, Economic Development, and International Cooperation, and Governor of Egypt at the Islamic Development Bank; HE Lieutenant General Engineer Kamel Al-Wazir, Deputy Prime Minister for Industrial Development, Minister of Industry and Transport; and HE Dr. Sherif Farouk, Minister of Supply and Internal Trade.

The agreement was officially signed by Engineer Hani Salem Sonbol, Acting CEO of ICD, who highlighted the corporation’s ongoing commitment to Egypt’s economic development.

The 2025 country work program focuses on strengthening the private sector and driving economic growth in Egypt. Key initiatives include direct financing, investments, and financing tools aimed at boosting key sectors such as industry, infrastructure, energy, and agriculture.

Additionally, the program seeks to enhance financial inclusion by providing lines of finance to Egyptian banks, particularly to support small and medium-sized enterprises (SMEs). ICD also plans to raise market awareness about the importance of Islamic finance as a tool for development and to facilitate access to capital markets by forming strategic alliances with international investors.

One of the key components of the program is ICD’s intention to provide up to $100 million in new financing to support private sector projects in Egypt.

Engineer Kamel El-Wazir, the Deputy Prime Minister for Industrial Development and Minister of Industry and Transport, said: “The Islamic Corporation for the Development of the Private Sector has proven, over the past years, its vital role in supporting the member countries of the Organization of Islamic Cooperation (OIC) by providing innovative financial solutions and supporting developmental projects that contribute to stimulating economic growth, creating job opportunities, and enhancing the role of the private sector, particularly small and medium-sized enterprises.”

He added: “We recognize that the private sector plays a pivotal role in the economic development process, and therefore, a large part of this cooperation will focus on empowering entrepreneurs and supporting small and medium-sized industries, which are the cornerstone of any strong economy. Through this program, efforts will be made to provide the necessary financing for these industries, as well as encourage innovation and entrepreneurship. This support will contribute to creating new job opportunities, enhancing sustainable economic growth, and improving competitiveness in regional and international markets.”

Dr. Rania Al-Mashat, Minister of Planning, Economic Development, and International Cooperation, and Egypt’s Governor at the Islamic Development Bank, praised the successful partnership with the Islamic Corporation for the Development of the Private Sector (ICD). She highlighted the continuation of this fruitful partnership through the ICD’s Country Work Program in the Arab Republic of Egypt for 2025, which includes supporting the private sector in various diverse aspects. The program will allocate $100 million to financial institutions to finance small and medium-sized enterprises, as well as providing funding for large private sector companies operating in strategic sectors that are crucial to economic development. This includes particularly the industrial and agricultural sectors, which are key components of the country’s structural reform plan aimed at enhancing their contribution to GDP.

Eng. Hani Salem Sonbol, Acting CEO of ICD, commented: “We are proud of our long-standing strategic partnership with the Arab Republic of Egypt. In 2025, we aim to deepen this relationship further by supporting the Egyptian government’s development plans. Our focus will be on enhancing the capacity of Egypt’s private sector and financial institutions, especially in supporting SMEs. Additionally, we will leverage our expertise to provide advisory services in the sukuk sector, particularly in assisting Egypt with issuing foreign currency sukuk and attracting new international investments to bolster financial flexibility.”

He further added, “Our efforts will also include supporting the Arab-African Trade Bridges (AATB) Program, which aims to increase investments in member states, including Egypt.”

Since its inception, ICD has provided Egypt with a total of $315 million in financing, including support for private sector companies, financial lines for banks, and direct investments in key sectors such as energy, food, and industry. This financing has played a crucial role in boosting economic growth, creating jobs, and fostering the development of Egypt’s private sector.

MIL OSI Africa –

February 5, 2025
MIL-OSI Submissions: Energy Sector – Equinor to commence first tranche of the 2025 share buy-back programme

Source: Equinor

05 FEBRUARY 2025 – Equinor will on 6 February 2025 commence the first tranche of up to USD 1.2 billion of the share buy-back programme for 2025, as announced at the Capital Market Update 5 February 2025.

In this first tranche, shares for up to USD 396 million will be purchased in the market, implying a total first tranche of up to USD 1.2 billion including shares to be redeemed from the Norwegian State. The tranche will end no later than 2 April 2025.

Equinor announces a share buy-back programme of up to USD 5 billion for 2025, including shares to be redeemed from the Norwegian State, in order to conclude the two-year programme for 2024 – 2025, announced in February 2024. The share buy-back programme for 2025 will be subject to market outlook and balance sheet strength and be structured into tranches where Equinor will buy back shares for a certain value in USD over a defined period. For the first tranche in 2025, Equinor will be entering into a non-discretionary agreement with a third party who will execute repurchases of shares and make its trading decisions independently of the company.

Commencement of new share buy-back tranches after the first tranche in 2025 will be decided by the board of directors on a quarterly basis in line with the company’s dividend policy, and will be subject to board authorisations for share buy-back from the company’s annual general meeting and agreement with the Norwegian State regarding share buy-back (as further described below).

The purpose of the share buy-back programme is to reduce the issued share capital of the company. All shares purchased as part of the first tranche for 2025 will thus be cancelled through a capital reduction at the annual general meeting of the company in May 2025.

Further information about the share buy-back programme and the first tranche:

The first tranche of the share buy-back programme for 2025 is based on an authorisation granted to the board of directors at the annual general meeting of the company held on 14 May 2024. According to this authorisation, the maximum number of shares to be purchased in the market is 92 million of which 30,843,973 remain available per commencement of the first tranche in 2025 (taken into account buy-backs made under previous tranches). The minimum price that can be paid per share is NOK 50, and the maximum price is NOK 1,000. The authorisation is valid until the earliest of 30 June 2025 and the annual general meeting of the company in 2025.

An agreement between Equinor and the Norwegian State regulates the State’s participation in the share buy-back: at the annual general meeting of the company in May 2025, the State will, as per proposal by the board of directors, vote for the cancellation of shares purchased in the market pursuant to the board authorisation, and the redemption and cancellation of a proportionate number of its shares in order to maintain its ownership share in the company at 67%. The price to be paid to the State for redemption of the State’s shares shall be the volume-weighted average of the price paid by Equinor for shares purchased in the market plus an interest rate compensation, adjusted for any dividends paid.

In the first tranche in 2025, shares will be purchased on the Oslo Stock Exchange and possibly other trading venues within the EEA. Transactions will be conducted in accordance with applicable safe harbour conditions, and as further set out in the Norwegian Securities Trading Act of 2007, EU Commission Regulation (EC) No 2016/1052 and the Oslo Stock Exchange’s Guidelines for buy-back programmes and price stabilisation from February 2021.

The board of directors will propose to the annual general meeting in the company to be held in May 2025, to cancel shares purchased in the market in this first tranche in 2025 and to redeem and cancel a proportionate number of the State’s shares per the agreement with the State. Based on renewal of this agreement, shares purchased under subsequent tranches of the share buy-back programme for 2025 and a proportionate number of the State’s shares will follow a similar process at the annual general meeting of the company in 2026.

This is information that Equinor is obliged to make public pursuant to the EU Market Abuse Regulation and that is subject to the disclosure requirements pursuant to Section 5-12 the Norwegian Securities Trading Act.

MIL OSI – Submitted News –

February 5, 2025
MIL-OSI Submissions: Energy Sector – Buy-back of shares to share programmes for employees – Equinor

Source: Equinor

05 FEBRUARY 2025 – Equinor ASA has on 5 February 2025 engaged a third party to conduct repurchases of the company’s shares to be used in the share-based incentive plans for employees and management for the period from 14 February 2025 until 15 January 2026.

Shares acquired under the buy-back programme from 14 February 2025 to 15 May 2025 is based upon the authorization from the annual general meeting on 14 May 2024, registered in the Norwegian register for business enterprises.

According to the authorization, the maximum number of shares to be purchased in the market is 12,400,000, the minimum price that can be paid per share is NOK 50, and the maximum price is NOK 1,000. Share buy-back after 16 May 2025 is subject to a new authorization from the annual general meeting in 2025.

The buy-back programme is time-scheduled, and the share purchases shall take place on specific dates in the period from 14 February 2025 until 15 January 2026 with a determined purchase amount on each date, as set out in the buy-back programme.

The total purchase amount under the share buy-back programme is NOK 1,992,000,000. The maximum number of shares to be acquired is 19,080,000 shares, of which up to 8,040,000 shares can be acquired in the period from 14 February 2025 to 15 May 2025, and up to 11,040,000 shares can be acquired in the period from 16 May 2025 to 15 January 2026.

The shares shall be used to meet obligations towards employees who participate in the company’s share-based incentive plans.

Shares will be purchased on the Oslo Stock Exchange. The share buy-back programme is conducted in accordance with applicable safe harbour conditions, and as further set out in the Norwegian Securities Trading Act of 2007, EU Commission Regulation (EC) No 2016/1052 and the Oslo Stock Exchange’s Guidelines for buy-back programmes and price stabilisation February 2021.

This is information that Equinor is obliged to make public pursuant to the EU Market Abuse Regulation and subject to the disclosure requirements pursuant to Section 5-12 the Norwegian Securities Trading Act.

MIL OSI – Submitted News –

February 5, 2025
MIL-OSI Submissions: Energy Sector – Key information relating to proposed cash dividend for fourth quarter 2024 – Equinor

Source: Equinor

05 FEBRUARY 2025 – Key information relating to the proposed cash dividend to be paid by Equinor for fourth quarter 2024.

Cash dividend amount: 0.37

Announced currency: USD

Last day including rights: 14 May 2025

Ex-date Oslo Børs: 15 May 2025

Ex-date New York Stock Exchange: 16 May 2025

Record date: 16 May 2025

Payment date: 28 May 2025

Date of approval: the proposed cash dividend is subject to approval by the annual general meeting of Equinor ASA on 14 May 2025.

Other information: The cash dividend per share in NOK will be communicated 22 May 2025.

This information is published in accordance with the requirements of the Continuing Obligations and is subject to the disclosure requirements pursuant to Section 5-12 in the Norwegian Securities Trading Act.

MIL OSI – Submitted News –

February 5, 2025
MIL-OSI: Equinor ASA: Buy-back of shares to share programmes for employees

Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

Equinor ASA (OSE: EQNR, NYSE: EQNR) has on 5 February 2025 engaged a third party to conduct repurchases of the company’s shares to be used in the share-based incentive plans for employees and management for the period from 14 February 2025 until 15 January 2026.

Shares acquired under the buy-back programme from 14 February 2025 to 15 May 2025 is based upon the authorization from the annual general meeting on 14 May 2024, registered in the Norwegian register for business enterprises. According to the authorization, the maximum number of shares to be purchased in the market is 12,400,000, the minimum price that can be paid per share is NOK 50, and the maximum price is NOK 1,000. Share buy-back after 16 May 2025 is subject to a new authorization from the annual general meeting in 2025.

The buy-back programme is time-scheduled, and the share purchases shall take place on specific dates in the period from 14 February 2025 until 15 January 2026 with a determined purchase amount on each date, as set out in the buy-back programme.

The total purchase amount under the share buy-back programme is NOK 1,992,000,000. The maximum number of shares to be acquired is 19,080,000 shares, of which up to 8,040,000 shares can be acquired in the period from 14 February 2025 to 15 May 2025, and up to 11,040,000 shares can be acquired in the period from 16 May 2025 to 15 January 2026.

The shares shall be used to meet obligations towards employees who participate in the company’s share-based incentive plans.

Shares will be purchased on the Oslo Stock Exchange. The share buy-back programme is conducted in accordance with applicable safe harbour conditions, and as further set out in the Norwegian Securities Trading Act of 2007, EU Commission Regulation (EC) No 2016/1052 and the Oslo Stock Exchange’s Guidelines for buy-back programmes and price stabilisation February 2021.

Further information from:

Investor relations
Bård Glad Pedersen, senior vice president Investor Relations,
+47 918 01 791

Media
Sissel Rinde, vice president Media Relations,
+47 412 60 584

This is information that Equinor is obliged to make public pursuant to the EU Market Abuse Regulation and subject to the disclosure requirements pursuant to Section 5-12 the Norwegian Securities Trading Act.

The MIL Network –

February 5, 2025

MIL-OSI: Nykredit today announces the Annual Reports for 2024 – Nykredit Bank A/S

Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

To Nasdaq Copenhagen A/S

5 February 2025

Nykredit today announces the Annual Reports for 2024 of:

Nykredit A/S, CVR no 12 71 92 48
Nykredit Realkredit A/S, CVR no 12 71 92 80
Nykredit Bank A/S, CVR no 10 51 96 08
Totalkredit A/S, CVR no 21 83 22 78

Michael Rasmussen, Group Chief Executive, comments on the Annual Report 2024:

For the fourth consecutive year, Nykredit delivers its best full-year performance to date. This is naturally highly satisfactory. Our robust financial results demonstrate that Nykredit is stronger than ever. Thanks to our mutual ownership and attractive value propositions, we continue to welcome new customers. As a result, we recorded business growth and expanded our market position across our core business in 2024.
We want to be the customer-owned alternative to the largest listed banks. This is why we have made an offer to acquire Spar Nord Bank in 2025. We expect to close the acquisition in H1/2025 subject to approval by the authorities.

In early 2025, we decided to raise the KundeKroner discount to 0.25% from 0.20%, making it even clearer what it means to be a customer of a customer-owned Nykredit Group. This implies that it will once again be cheaper for more than 900,000 homeowners to have a Totalkredit loan. With KundeKroner discounts, Totalkredit is able to offer the lowest prices on home loans in the market in most scenarios. Moreover, Totalkredit homeowners are guaranteed KundeKroner discounts up to and including 2028. We will do our utmost to continue investing in Totalkredit and our other important partnerships, so that we stand as strong as possible when it comes to our customers and the competition in the financial market.
We are guiding for a profit after tax for 2025 of DKK 9.00-9.75 billion and do not expect to reach the same level as in 2024. This is primarily due to the prospect of falling interest rates, which will lower the return on Nykredit’s equity. At the same time, a generally tense geopolitical landscape creates uncertainty about the economic development and the potential impact on Nykredit’s operating conditions. Our profit guidance for 2025 does not include earnings impacts of the acquisition of Spar Nord Bank. We will therefore update our full-year profit guidance when the acquisition is completed.

Highlights from the Annual Report 2024:

Totalkredit’s mortgage lending increased to DKK 907.5 billion at end-December 2024 from DKK 878.5 billion at end-December 2023.
Nykredit Bank’s lending rose to DKK 103.3 billion at end-December 2024 from DKK 94.4 billion at end-December 2023.
Assets under management by Nykredit Wealth Management were up 9.5% on 2023 to DKK 499 billion at end-December 2024.
For 2024, Nykredit has recorded a return on average equity of 11.7%.
Nykredit’s cost/income ratio in 2024 was 32.5%.

Nykredit Group
			DKK million
	2024	2023	Change
Net interest income	12,018	12,305	-287
Net fee income	2,744	2,789	-45
Wealth management income	2,678	2,368	310
Net interest from capitalisation	2,483	1,719	764
Net income relating to customer benefits programmes	(580)	(404)	-176
Trading, investment portfolio and other income	2,088	1,625	463
Income	21,431	20,402	1,029
Costs	6,964	6,560	404
Business profit before impairment charges	14,467	13,842	625
Impairment charges for loans and advances	(248)	(177)	-71
Business profit	14,716	14,019	697
Legacy derivatives	98	59	39
Profit before tax for the year	14,813	14,078	735
Tax	3,086	3,191	-105
Profit for the year	11,728	10,887	841

Contact: For further comments, please contact Orhan Gökcen, Head of Press Relations, tel +45 31 21 06 39.

Attachment

Nykredit_Bank_Q4_24_2024-02-05_EN

The MIL Network –

February 5, 2025

MIL-OSI: Nykredit today announces the Annual Reports for 2024 – Nykredit Realkredit A/S

Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

To Nasdaq Copenhagen A/S

5 February 2025

Nykredit today announces the Annual Reports for 2024 of:

Nykredit A/S, CVR no 12 71 92 48
Nykredit Realkredit A/S, CVR no 12 71 92 80
Nykredit Bank A/S, CVR no 10 51 96 08
Totalkredit A/S, CVR no 21 83 22 78

Michael Rasmussen, Group Chief Executive, comments on the Annual Report 2024:

For the fourth consecutive year, Nykredit delivers its best full-year performance to date. This is naturally highly satisfactory. Our robust financial results demonstrate that Nykredit is stronger than ever. Thanks to our mutual ownership and attractive value propositions, we continue to welcome new customers. As a result, we recorded business growth and expanded our market position across our core business in 2024.
We want to be the customer-owned alternative to the largest listed banks. This is why we have made an offer to acquire Spar Nord Bank in 2025. We expect to close the acquisition in H1/2025 subject to approval by the authorities.

In early 2025, we decided to raise the KundeKroner discount to 0.25% from 0.20%, making it even clearer what it means to be a customer of a customer-owned Nykredit Group. This implies that it will once again be cheaper for more than 900,000 homeowners to have a Totalkredit loan. With KundeKroner discounts, Totalkredit is able to offer the lowest prices on home loans in the market in most scenarios. Moreover, Totalkredit homeowners are guaranteed KundeKroner discounts up to and including 2028. We will do our utmost to continue investing in Totalkredit and our other important partnerships, so that we stand as strong as possible when it comes to our customers and the competition in the financial market.
We are guiding for a profit after tax for 2025 of DKK 9.00-9.75 billion and do not expect to reach the same level as in 2024. This is primarily due to the prospect of falling interest rates, which will lower the return on Nykredit’s equity. At the same time, a generally tense geopolitical landscape creates uncertainty about the economic development and the potential impact on Nykredit’s operating conditions. Our profit guidance for 2025 does not include earnings impacts of the acquisition of Spar Nord Bank. We will therefore update our full-year profit guidance when the acquisition is completed.

Highlights from the Annual Report 2024:

Totalkredit’s mortgage lending increased to DKK 907.5 billion at end-December 2024 from DKK 878.5 billion at end-December 2023.
Nykredit Bank’s lending rose to DKK 103.3 billion at end-December 2024 from DKK 94.4 billion at end-December 2023.
Assets under management by Nykredit Wealth Management were up 9.5% on 2023 to DKK 499 billion at end-December 2024.
For 2024, Nykredit has recorded a return on average equity of 11.7%.
Nykredit’s cost/income ratio in 2024 was 32.5%.

Nykredit Group
			DKK million
	2024	2023	Change
Net interest income	12,018	12,305	-287
Net fee income	2,744	2,789	-45
Wealth management income	2,678	2,368	310
Net interest from capitalisation	2,483	1,719	764
Net income relating to customer benefits programmes	(580)	(404)	-176
Trading, investment portfolio and other income	2,088	1,625	463
Income	21,431	20,402	1,029
Costs	6,964	6,560	404
Business profit before impairment charges	14,467	13,842	625
Impairment charges for loans and advances	(248)	(177)	-71
Business profit	14,716	14,019	697
Legacy derivatives	98	59	39
Profit before tax for the year	14,813	14,078	735
Tax	3,086	3,191	-105
Profit for the year	11,728	10,887	841

Contact: For further comments, please contact Orhan Gökcen, Head of Press Relations, tel +45 31 21 06 39.

Attachment

nyrr-2024-12-31-0-en

The MIL Network –

February 5, 2025

MIL-OSI: Credit Agricole SA : CONTINUED STRONG EARNINGS MOMENTUM IN 2024

Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

CONTINUED STRONG EARNINGS MOMENTUM IN 2024
CASA AND CAG STATED AND UNDERLYING DATA Q4-2024

	CRÉDIT AGRICOLE S.A.			CRÉDIT AGRICOLE GROUP
		Stated	Underlying		Stated	Underlying
Revenues		€7,092m +17.4% Q4/Q4	€7,116m +18.2% Q4/Q4		€9,817m +11.9% Q4/Q4	€9,840m +13.4% Q4/Q4
Expenses		-€3,917m +5.6% Q4/Q4	-€3,878m +4.4% Q4/Q4		-€5,863m +3.2% Q4/Q4	-€5,824m +2.4% Q4/Q4
Gross Operating Income		€3,175m +36.2% Q4/Q4	€3,238m +40.4% Q4/Q4		€3,954m +28.0% Q4/Q4	€4,017m +34.3% Q4/Q4
Cost of risk		-€594m +35.0% Q4/Q4	-€594m +35.0% Q4/Q4		-€867m +13.9% Q4/Q4	-€867m +13.9% Q4/Q4
Net income group share		€1,689m +26.6% Q4/Q4	€1,730m +32.8% Q4/Q4		€2,149m +24.6% Q4/Q4	€2,190m +33.7% Q4/Q4
C/I ratio		55.2% -6.2 pp Q4/Q4	54.5% -7.2 pp Q4/Q4		59.7% -5.1 pp Q4/Q4	59.2% -6.4 pp Q4/Q4
ALL OF THE FINANCIAL TARGETS OF THE 2025 AMBITIONS PLAN EXCEEDED AS OF 2024 STRONG INCREASE IN QUARTERLY AND FULL-YEAR EARNINGS Record quarterly and full-year revenues, fuelled by the excellent performance by Asset Gathering and Large Customers High profitability: low cost/income ratio (increase in recurring expenses contained at +3.0% Q4/Q4) and 14.0% return on tangible equity in 2024 Cost of risk rose in Q4-24, driven by provisions for performing loans related to model effects at Crédit Agricole CIB and Crédit Agricole Personal Finance & Mobility (CAPFM) PROPOSED 2024 DIVIDEND INCREASE TO €1.10 PER SHARE (+5% VS. 2023) STRONG ACTIVITY IN ALL BUSINESS LINES Robust growth in retail banking and consumer finance driven by multiple factors: continued upturn in the home loan business in France (up +18%), higher corporate loan production, thriving international lending business, consumer finance stability at a high level and confirmed stabilisation of the deposit mix in France Record CIB, asset management and insurance business, reflected in the record level in insurance revenues with contributions from all activities, high net inflows and record level of assets under management, as well as a new quarterly and full-year record reached by CIB CAPITAL OPERATIONS AND STRATEGIC PROJECTS Instruments finalised to acquire an additional 5.2% in Banco BPM Signing of an agreement for the acquisition of Santander’s 30.5% stake in CACEIS Acquisition of aixigo, European leader in Wealth Tech Finalization of the acquisition of 50% of GAC Leasing in China by CAPFM SOLID CAPITAL AND LIQUIDITY POSITIONS Crédit Agricole S.A.’s phased-in CET1 at 11.7% and Group phased-in CET1 at 17.2% CONTINUED SUPPORT FOR THE ENERGY TRANSITION Phased withdrawal from fossil energies and reallocation of investments to renewable energy Decarbonisation pathways in line with targets (oil & gas, power and automotive)

At the meeting of the Board of Directors of Crédit Agricole S.A. on 4 february 2025, SAS Rue La Boétie informed the company of its intention to purchase Crédit Agricole S.A. shares on the market for a maximum amount of 500 million euros in line with the operations announced in August 2023 and in November 2022. Details of the transaction are provided in a press release issued today by SAS Rue La Boétie.

Dominique Lefebvre,
Chairman of SAS Rue La Boétie and Chairman of the Crédit Agricole S.A. Board of Directors

« The Group’s excellent results illustrate our overall capacity to support all our customers in a global and loyal relationship over the long term. Three-quarters of these results are retained to serve the development of the economy. I would like to thank all of our employees who work every day with professionalism and commitment. »

Philippe Brassac,
Chief Executive Officer of Crédit Agricole S.A.

« Driven by its unique Group model based on utility and universality, the Crédit Agricole Group reports excellent results in 2024. Crédit Agricole S.A. has once again exceeded all the financial objectives of its strategic plan, one year ahead of schedule. »

This press release comments on the results of Crédit Agricole S.A. and those of Crédit Agricole Group, which comprises the Crédit Agricole S.A. entities and the Crédit Agricole Regional Banks, which own 62.4% of Crédit Agricole S.A. Please see the appendices to this press release for details of specific items, which are restated in the various indicators to calculate underlying income.

Crédit Agricole Group

Group activity

The Group’s commercial activity during the quarter continued at a steady pace across all business lines, with a good level of customer capture. During 2024, the Group added +1 900,000 new customers in Retail Banking and grew its customer base by +214,000 customers. More specifically, over the year, the Group gained +1 500,000 new customers for Retail Banking in France and +400,000 new International Retail Banking customers (Italy and Poland). The customer base also grew (+126,000 and +88,000 customers, respectively).

At 31 December 2024, retail banking on-balance sheet deposits totalled €837 billion, up +1.8% year-on-year in France and Italy (+0.5% for Regional Banks and LCL and +1.7% in Italy). Outstanding loans totalled €880 billion, up +0.4% year-on-year in France and Italy (+0.3% for Regional Banks and LCL and +1.7% in Italy). Home loan production picked up gradually in France during this quarter, recording an increase of +1% for the Regional Banks and +11% for LCL compared to the third quarter of 2024, and +7.8% and +59% respectively compared to the fourth quarter of 2023. Although high, home loan production by CA Italia was down -6.3% compared with an already high Q4 2023. The property and casualty insurance equipment rate¹ rose to 43.9% for the Regional Banks (+0.8 percentage points compared with the third quarter of 2023), 27.9% for LCL (+0.4 percentage point) and 20.0% for CA Italia (+1.2 percentage point).

In asset management, inflows remained strong at +€20.5 billion, fuelled by strong medium/long-term assets, excluding JVs (+€17.9 billion) and at the JVs. In insurance, savings/retirement gross inflows rose to a record €8.3 billion over the quarter (+17% year-on-year), with the unit-linked rate in production staying at a high 37.4%. Net inflows were positive at +€2.4 billion, growing for both euro-denominated and unit-linked contracts. The strong performance in property and casualty insurance was driven by price changes and portfolio growth (16.7 million contracts at end-December 2024, +5.3% year-on-year). Assets under management totalled €2,867 billion, up +12.1% in the year for all three segments: asset management rose 10% over the year to €2,240 billion; life insurance was up +5.1% to €347.3 billion; and wealth management (Indosuez Wealth Management and LCL Private Banking) increased 46.9% year-on-year to €279 billion, notably with the positive impact of the consolidation of Degroof Petercam (€69 billion in assets under management consolidated in the second quarter of 2024).

Business in the SFS division was stable. At CAPFM, consumer finance outstandings increased to €119.3 billion, up +5.6% compared with the end of December 2023, buoyed by car loans, which accounted for 53%² of total outstandings. New loan production decreased slightly, by -2.9% compared with the same period in 2023, mainly due to the Chinese market. Regarding Crédit Agricole Leasing & Factoring (CAL&F), production of lease financing outstandings was up +7.2% vs. December 2023 to 20.3%, with a particularly strong contribution from property leasing and renewable energy financing.

Large Customers again posted record results for both the quarter and the full year in Corporate and Investment Banking. Capital Markets and Investment Banking held up well with a strong performance by the repo and securitisation businesses, while Financing activities reaped the benefits of growth in commercial activities. Asset Servicing recorded a high level of assets under custody of €5,291 billion and assets under administration of €3,397 billion (+12.1% and +3%, respectively, compared with the end of December 2023), with good sales momentum and positive market effects over the quarter.

Each of the Group’s business lines posted strong activity (see Infra).

Roll-out of strategic plan

Crédit Agricole S.A.’s model offers constantly renewed potential for organic growth. This model is based on three pillars: customer acquisition, customer equipment and the development of new offers. Gross customer capture amounts to 1.9 million new customers on average since 2022, which marked the roll-out of the Horizon 2025 plan. Customer equipment is growing steadily across our various offers. The bank’s market share in household loans stood structurally at 30%³ helping to drive the market shares for our other offerings. These currently stand at 28% in asset management,³ 27% in payment services,³ 23% in individual death and disability insurance,⁴ 19% in creditor insurance,⁴ 15% in life insurance,⁴ 7% in property and casualty insurance,⁴ and 4% in property services.⁴ Lastly, in line with our universal banking model, we are steadily expanding our customer offers: the new CA Transitions et Energies (CATE) and CA Santé et Territoires (CAST) business lines have been rolled out for the large-scale financing of renewable energy projects as well as the production and supply of electricity, and to offer solutions to improve access to healthcare and support for the elderly.

This model is complemented by a steady stream of self-financed acquisitions and partnerships, through the consolidation of Crédit Agricole S.A.’s business lines in their markets to build the universal bank. Following on from acquisitions in the period 2019 to 2021 for a total of €3.3 billion, all of which were successful with some €1.3 billion⁵ in revenues generated, and a cost/income ratio of 52%, acquisitions and partnerships during the period covered by the Medium-Term Plan were in five main areas of development. The total investment was €7.2 billion⁶ (against €1.4 billion in disposals),⁷ generating around €3 billion in revenues.

First of all, transactions to consolidate our business lines and strengthen our expertise were carried out in France and Europe, in particular: Private Banking through the transaction under way with Degroof Petercam, and a 70% stake in the capital of Wealth Dynamix⁸; Asset Servicing with the creation of Uptevia⁹, a common company with BNP Paribas, the acquisition of RBC Investor Services’ European businesses and the purchase of Santander’s minority interest in CACEIS; and Asset Management with the acquisitions of Alpha Associates¹⁰ and aixigo¹¹; and finally, Leasing and factoring activity accelerate its development in Germany with the acquisition of Merca Leasing¹². Crédit Agricole S.A. is also structuring its property services through the acquisition of property management business of Casino (Sudeco), and more recently the ones of Nexity.

At the same time, the bank has expanded its distribution networks through new partnerships, notably by taking a stake in Banco BPM; signing a new distribution agreement between Crédit Agricole Assurances and Banco BPM for non-life and creditor insurance in Italy; partnership in automobile insurance with Mobilize Financial Services, subsidiary of Renault¹³; and entering into a distribution agreement between Amundi US and Victory Capital¹⁴.

In addition, Specialised Financial Services division developed a comprehensive mobility with: the joint venture Leasys, created with Stellantis to become the European leader in long-term car rental; 100% of CA Auto Bank was acquired, in order to develop partnerships with smaller manufacturers and with independent distributors; six European subsidiaries of ALD and LeasePlan were acquired; and lastly, CA Mobility Services was formed, to create 20 service offers by 2026, mainly through the acquisition of a minority stake in WATEA¹⁵, the creation of a joint venture with Opteven¹⁶, the acquisition of a stake in HiFlow¹⁷, and the commercial partnership with FATEC¹⁸. More recently, Credit Agricole Personal Finance & Mobility strengthens its partnership with the car manufacturer GAC with, on the one hand a financial partnership aimed at entrusting CA Auto Bank the financing of vehicules from the Chinese manufacturer in Europe, and on the other end, the acquisition of 50% of the capital of GAC Leasing in order to offer from 2025 financial and operational leasing on the Chinese market.

In addition, Crédit Agricole S.A. has acquired a stake in Worklife¹⁹ and formed a partnership with Wordline²⁰ as part of its drive to accelerate digitisation and innovation. In January 2024, Crédit Agricole S.A. announced its acquisition of a 7% non-controlling interest in Worldline.

Lastly, to support the transitions in the new CATE and CAST business lines, Crédit Agricole S.A. acquired minority stakes of 40% in R3 (energy transition consultancy) and 43% in Selfee (energy production and supply), and become a reference shareholder in the capital of Office Santé²¹ and Cette Famille²². In addition, Crédit Agricole Assurances acquired majority stakes of 93% in Omedys²³ and 86% in Medicalib²³.

These two pillars of Crédit Agricole S.A.’s universal banking model ensure steady, high growth in revenues and high profitability. Revenues have grown every year between 2015 and 2024 regardless of the environment at an average annual rate of +5.6%. Operational efficiency has also steadily improved with the cost/income ratio falling -15 percentage points in the period 2015 to 2024. Profitability has also risen significantly over the past 10 years. ROTE was 14% at the end of 2024, the highest since 2015, offering even more attractive shareholder remuneration: the dividend per share has tripled in the 10-year period.

Continued support for the energy transition

The Group is continuing the mass roll-out of financing and investment to promote the transition. The Crédit Agricole Group increased its exposure to low-carbon energy financing²⁴ by +141% between the end of 2020 and the end of 2024, with €26.3 billion in financing at 31 December 2024.

Investments by Crédit Agricole Assurances²⁵ and Amundi Transition Energétique in low-carbon energy totalled €6 billion at 31 December 2024. What is more, Crédit Agricole Assurances hit its target of 14 GW of renewable energy production capacity financed one year ahead of schedule.

At the same time, as a universal bank, Crédit Agricole is supporting the transition of all its customers. Crédit Agricole CIB’s green loan portfolio²⁶ grew by +75% between the end of 2022 and December 2024, and represented €21.7 billion at 31 December 2024. The Group also continues to encourage low-carbon mobility. 37% of new vehicles financed by CAPFM in 2024 were electric or hybrid vehicles. The target for the end of 2025 is 50%.

In addition, the Group is continuing on its pathway to exit the financing of carbon-based energies and is disclosing progress at end 2024 in three sectors, in line with their 2030 targets (vs. a 2020 baseline). Financed emissions in the oil and gas sector were reduced by -70% at end 2024 working towards a target of -75% by the end of 2030. The intensity of financed emissions in the power sector²⁷ was down by -29% at end 2024, for a target of -58% by the end of 2030, and by -21% in the automotive sector, for a target of -50% by 2030.

The Group’s phased withdrawal from financing fossil fuel extraction resulted in a -40% decrease in outstandings in the period 2020 to 2024, equating to €5.6 billion at 31 December 2024. At the same time, large-scale financing of low-carbon energies, with outstandings of €26.3 billion, will increase their relative share of the energy mix financed from 54% in 2020 to 82% by the end of 2024.

Group results

In the fourth quarter of 2024, Crédit Agricole Group’s stated net income Group share came to €2,149 million, up +24.6% compared with the fourth quarter of 2023.

Specific items in the fourth quarter of 2024 had a negative net impact of -€42 million on the net income Group share of the Crédit Agricole Group. These items comprise the following recurring accounting items: recurring accounting volatility items, namely the DVA (Debt Valuation Adjustment), the issuer spread portion of the FVA, and secured lending for -€19 million in net income Group share from Capital Markets and Investment Banking, and the hedging of the loan book in Large Customers for +€1 million in net income Group share. In addition to these recurring items, there were other items specific to this quarter: ISB integration costs of
-€15 million in the net income Group share of Large Customers and the Degroof Petercam integration costs of
-€9 million in the net income Group share of Asset Gathering.

Specific items for the fourth quarter of 2023 had a combined impact of +€86 million on net income Group share and included +€69 million in recurring accounting items and +€17 million in non-recurring items. The recurring items mainly corresponded to the reversal of the Home Purchase Saving Plans provision of +€64 million (+€5 million for LCL, +€4 million for the Corporate Centre and +€55 million for the Regional Banks); the other recurring items (+€5 million) are split between the issuer spread portion of the FVA²⁸ and secured lending (+€4 million) and loan book hedging (+€1 million). The non-recurring items related to the ongoing reorganisation of the Mobility activities²⁹ in the SFS division (+€18 million).

Excluding these specific items, Crédit Agricole Group’s underlying net income Group share³⁰ amounted to €2,190 million, up +33.7% compared to fourth quarter 2023.

Crédit Agricole Group – Stated and underlying results, Q4-24 and Q4-23

€m	Q4-24 stated	Specific items	Q4-24 underlying	Q4-23 stated	Specific items	Q4-23 underlying	∆ Q4/Q4 stated	∆ Q4/Q4 underlying

Revenues	9,817	(24)	9,840	8,769	93	8,677	+11.9%	+13.4%
Operating expenses excl.SRF	(5,863)	(39)	(5,824)	(5,682)	4	(5,686)	+3.2%	+2.4%
SRF	–	–	–	–	–	–	n.m.	n.m.
Gross operating income	3,954	(63)	4,017	3,088	97	2,991	+28.0%	+34.3%
Cost of risk	(867)	0	(867)	(762)	–	(762)	+13.9%	+13.9%
Equity-accounted entities	80	–	80	73	–	73	+9.9%	+9.9%
Net income on other assets	(20)	(1)	(19)	(19)	–	(19)	+7.5%	+2.2%
Change in value of goodwill	4	–	4	2	12	(9)	+60.4%	n.m.
Income before tax	3,150	(64)	3,214	2,382	109	2,274	+32.2%	+41.4%
Tax	(784)	16	(799)	(455)	(23)	(432)	+72.4%	+85.1%
Net income from discont’d or held-for-sale ope.	–	–	–	(10)	–	(10)	(100.0%)	(100.0%)
Net income	2,366	(48)	2,414	1,918	86	1,832	+23.4%	+31.8%
Non controlling interests	(217)	7	(224)	(194)	–	(194)	+12.2%	+15.6%
Net income Group Share	2,149	(42)	2,190	1,724	86	1,638	+24.6%	+33.7%
Cost/Income ratio excl.SRF (%)	59.7%		59.2%	64.8%		65.5%	-5.1 pp	-6.4 pp

In the fourth quarter of 2024, underlying revenues amounted to €9,840 million, up +13.4% compared to the fourth quarter of 2023, driven by favourable results from most of the business lines. Underlying revenues were up in French Retail Banking, while the Asset Gathering division benefited from good business momentum and the integration of Degroof Petercam, the Large Customers division enjoyed a high level of revenues across all of its business lines and the Specialised Financial Services division benefited from a positive price effect. In addition, International Retail Banking revenues were stable. Underlying operating expenses were up +2.4% in fourth quarter 2024, totalling €5,824 million. Overall, the Group saw its underlying cost/income ratio reach 59.2% in the fourth quarter of 2024, a -6.4 percentage point improvement. As a result, the underlying gross operating income came to €4,017 million, up +34.3% compared to the fourth quarter 2023.

The underlying cost of credit risk stood at -€867 million, an increase of +13.9% compared to fourth quarter 2023. This figure comprises an amount of -€363 million to prudential provisions on performing loans (stages 1 and 2) and an amount of -€489 million for the cost of proven risk (stage 3). There was also an addition of
-€16 million for other risks. The provisioning levels were determined by taking into account several weighted economic scenarios and by applying some flat-rate adjustments on sensitive portfolios. The weighted economic scenarios for the fourth quarter were updated from the third quarter, with a favourable scenario (French GDP at +1.1% in 2024, +1.3% in 2025) and an unfavourable scenario (French GDP at +1.1% in 2024 and -0.1% in 2025). The cost of risk/outstandings³¹reached 27 basis points over a four rolling quarter period and 29 basis points on an annualised quarterly basis³².

Underlying pre-tax income stood at €3,214 million, a year-on-year increase of +41.4% compared to fourth quarter 2023. This includes the contribution from equity-accounted entities for €80 million (up +9.9%) and net income on other assets, which came to -€19 million over this quarter. The underlying tax charge was up +85.1% over the period, with the tax rate this quarter rising by +6.0 percentage points to 25.5%. Underlying net income before non-controlling interests was up +31.8% to €2,414 million. Non-controlling interests rose +15.6%. Lastly, underlying net income Group share was €2,190 million, +33.7% higher than in the fourth quarter of 2023.

Crédit Agricole Group – Stated and underlying results 2024 and 2023

En m€	2024 stated	Specific items	2024 underlying	2023 stated	Specific items	2023 underlying	∆ 2024/2023 stated	∆ 2024/2023 underlying

Revenues	38,060	93	37,967	36,492	851	35,641	+4.3%	+6.5%
Operating expenses excl.SRF	(22,729)	(123)	(22,606)	(21,464)	(14)	(21,450)	+5.9%	+5.4%
SRF	–	–	–	(620)	–	(620)	(100.0%)	(100.0%)
Gross operating income	15,332	(30)	15,362	14,408	837	13,572	+6.4%	+13.2%
Cost of risk	(3,191)	(20)	(3,171)	(2,941)	(84)	(2,856)	+8.5%	+11.0%
Equity-accounted entities	283	(0)	283	263	(39)	302	+7.6%	(6.1%)
Net income on other assets	(39)	(24)	(15)	88	89	(1)	n.m.	x 18.9
Change in value of goodwill	4	–	4	2	12	(9)	+60.4%	n.m.
Income before tax	12,388	(74)	12,462	11,821	814	11,007	+4.8%	+13.2%
Tax	(2,888)	12	(2,900)	(2,748)	(203)	(2,545)	+5.1%	+13.9%
Net income from discont’d or held-for-sale ope.	–	–	–	(3)	–	(3)	(100.0%)	(100.0%)
Net income	9,500	(62)	9,562	9,071	611	8,459	+4.7%	+13.0%
Non controlling interests	(860)	23	(883)	(813)	(0)	(813)	+5.8%	+8.7%
Net income Group Share	8,640	(39)	8,679	8,258	611	7,647	+4.6%	+13.5%
Cost/Income ratio excl.SRF (%)	59.7%		59.5%	58.8%		60.2%	+0.9 pp	-0.6 pp

For full-year 2024, stated net income Group share amounted to €8,640 million, compared with €8,258 million for full-year 2023, an increase of +4.6%.

Specific items for full-year 2024 include the specific items of the Regional Banks (+€47 million in reversals of Home Purchase Savings Plan provisions) and Crédit Agricole S.A. specific items, which are detailed in the Crédit Agricole S.A. section.

Excluding specific items, underlying net income Group share reached €8,679 million, up +13.5% compared with full-year 2023.

Underlying revenues totalled €37,967 million, up +6.5% compared with full-year 2023, driven by all business lines (excluding Corporate Centre).

Underlying operating expenses amounted to -€22,606 million, up +5.4% excluding SRF compared to full-year 2023, mainly due to higher compensation in an inflationary environment, support for business development, IT expenditure and scope effects as detailed for each division. The underlying cost/income ratio for full-year 2024 was 59.5%, a -0.6 percentage point improvement compared to full-year 2023 excluding SRF. The SRF stood at
-€620 million in 2023.

Underlying gross operating income totalled €15,362 million, up +13.2% compared to full-year 2023.

The underlying cost of risk for full-year 2024 rose to -€3,171 million (of which -€540 million in cost of risk on performing loans (stages 1 and 2), -€2,637 million in cost of proven risk, and +€6 million in other risks corresponding mainly to reversals of legal provisions), i.e. an increase of +11.0% compared to full-year 2023.

As at 31 December 2024, risk indicators confirm the high quality of Crédit Agricole Group’s assets and risk coverage level. The diversified loan book is mainly geared towards home loans (45% of gross outstandings) and corporates (33% of gross outstandings). Loan loss reserves amounted to €21.3 billion at the end of December 2024 (€11.7 billion for Regional Banks), 42.2% of which represented provisioning of performing loans (47.3% for Regional Banks). The prudent management of these loan loss reserves meant that the Crédit Agricole Group’s overall coverage ratio for doubtful loans at the end of December 2024 was 84.9%.

Underlying net income on other assets stood at -€15 million for full-year 2024 versus -€1 million for full-year 2023. Underlying pre-tax income before discontinued operations and non-controlling interests rose by +13.2% to €12,462 million. The tax charge was -€2,900 million, up +13.9%, with an underlying effective tax rate of 23.8%, stable compared to full-year 2023. Underlying net income before non-controlling interests was therefore up by +13.0%. Non-controlling interests amounted to -€883 million for full-year 2024, up +8.7%.

Underlying net income Group share for full-year 2024 thus stood at €8,679 million, up 13.5% compared to full-year 2023.

Regional banks

Gross customer capture stands at +273,000 new customers and the customer base grew by +10,000 new customers over the same period. The percentage of customers using demand deposits as their main account and those who use digital tools continued to increase. Credit market share (total credits) stands at 22.7% (at the end of September 2024, source Banque de France). Loan production was up +7.4% compared to the fourth quarter of 2023, reflecting the +7.8% rise in home loans and specialised markets. Home loan production has been gradually recovering since the beginning of the year. The average production rate for home loans stood at 3.35%³³ over October and November 2024, -12 basis points lower than in the third quarter of 2024. By contrast, the global loan stock rate showed a gradual improvement (+16 basis points compared to the fourth quarter of 2023). Outstanding loans totalled €648 billion at the end of December 2024, stable year-on-year across all markets but up slightly by +0.2% over the quarter.
Customer assets were up +2.6% year-on-year to reach €910.9 billion at the end of December 2024. This growth was driven both by on-balance sheet deposits, which reached €605.9 billion (+1.7% year-on-year), and off-balance sheet deposits, which reached €305 billion (+4.4% year-on-year) benefiting from strong inflows in life insurance. The mix of on-balance sheet deposits for the quarter remained almost unchanged, with demand deposits and term deposits fluctuating by -0.5% and +0.1%, respectively, from end-September 2024. The market share of balance sheet collection is up compared to last year and stands at 20.3% (Source Banque de France, data at the end of September 2024, i.e. +0.4 percentage points compared to September 2023). The equipment rate for property and casualty insurance³⁴ was 43.9% at the end of December 2024 and continues to rise (up +0.8 percentage point compared to the end of December 2023). In terms of payment instruments, the number of cards rose by +1.6% year-on-year, as did the percentage of premium cards in the stock, which increased by 1.6 percentage points year-on-year to account for 16.4% of total cards.
In the fourth quarter of 2024, the Regional Banks’ consolidated revenues including the SAS Rue La Boétie dividend³⁵ stood at €3,247 million, up +0.7% compared to the fourth quarter of 2023, notably impacted by a base effect of +€73.6 million related to the reversal of the Home Purchase Savings Plan provision in the fourth quarter of 2023³⁶. Excluding this item, revenues were up +3.1% compared to the fourth quarter of 2023, the rise in the net interest margin (+9.8% excluding Home Purchase Savings³⁶) and good momentum of fee and commission income (+1.6%) in insurance, account management and payment instruments offsetting the drop in portfolio revenues (-10.0%). Operating expenses were stable (+0.7%), below inflation. Gross operating income was up +0.8% year-on-year (+11.6% excluding the Home Purchase Savings Plan base effect³⁶). The cost of risk was down -24.6% compared with the fourth quarter of 2023 to -€242 million. The cost of risk/outstandings (over four rolling quarters) remained under control at 20 basis points (a -1 basis point drop compared to third quarter 2024).
The Regional Banks’ consolidated net income, including the SAS Rue La Boétie dividend³⁵ amounted to €419 million, up +19.9% compared to the fourth quarter 2023 (+42.1% excluding the base effect³⁶).
The Regional Banks’ contribution to net income Group share was €403 million in the fourth quarter of 2024, up +20.3% compared to the fourth quarter of 2023.
In full-year 2024, revenues including the SAS Rue La Boétie dividend were up +1.9% compared to the same period in 2023. Operating expenses rose by +1.4%, resulting in a rise in gross operating income of +2.7%. Finally, with a cost of risk up +14.0%, the Regional Banks’ net income Group share, including the SAS Rue La Boétie dividend, amounted to €3,470 million, up +2.5% compared to full-year 2023 (+5.5% excluding the Home Purchase Savings Plan base effect³⁶).The Regional Banks’ contribution to the results of Crédit Agricole Group in full-year 2024 amounted to €1,423 million in stated net income Group share (-18.9% compared to the same period in 2023), with revenues of €13,110 million (-1.1%), expenses of -€9,956 (+2.6%) and a cost of risk of -€1,319 million (+14.5%).

Crédit Agricole S.A.

Results

Crédit Agricole S.A.’s Board of Directors, chaired by Dominique Lefebvre, met on 4 February 2025 to examine the financial statements for the fourth quarter of 2024.

Crédit Agricole S.A. – Stated and underlying results, Q4-24 and Q4-23

€m	Q4-24 stated	Specific items	Q4-24 underlying	Q4-23 stated	Specific items	Q4-23 underlying	∆ Q4/Q4 stated	∆ Q4/Q4 underlying

Revenues	7,092	(24)	7,116	6,040	19	6,021	+17.4%	+18.2%
Operating expenses excl.SRF	(3,917)	(39)	(3,878)	(3,710)	4	(3,714)	+5.6%	+4.4%
SRF	–	–	–	–	–	–	n.m.	n.m.
Gross operating income	3,175	(63)	3,238	2,330	24	2,307	+36.2%	+40.4%
Cost of risk	(594)	0	(594)	(440)	–	(440)	+35.0%	+35.0%
Equity-accounted entities	62	–	62	61	–	61	+2.4%	+2.4%
Net income on other assets	(9)	(1)	(8)	(17)	–	(17)	(45.9%)	(51.9%)
Change in value of goodwill	–	–	–	2	12	(9)	n.m.	(100.0%)
Income before tax	2,634	(64)	2,698	1,937	35	1,902	+36.0%	+41.9%
Tax	(681)	16	(697)	(369)	(4)	(365)	+84.7%	+91.0%
Net income from discont’d or held-for-sale ope.	–	–	–	(10)	–	(10)	n.m.	n.m.
Net income	1,953	(48)	2,001	1,558	32	1,527	+25.3%	+31.1%
Non controlling interests	(264)	7	(271)	(224)	(0)	(224)	+17.8%	+21.1%
Net income Group Share	1,689	(41)	1,730	1,334	31	1,303	+26.6%	+32.8%
Earnings per share (€)	0.52	(0.01)	0.54	0.41	0.01	0.40	+26.8%	+33.4%
Cost/Income ratio excl. SRF (%)	55.2%		54.5%	61.4%		61.7%	-6.2 pp	-7.2 pp

In the fourth quarter of 2024, Crédit Agricole S.A.’s stated net income Group share came to €1,689 million, up +26.6% compared to the fourth quarter of 2023, having benefited from non-recurring items related to reversals of Home Purchase Savings Plan and Cheque Image Exchange fine provisions and from the end of the reorganisation of the Mobility activities (see below). This was an excellent result for the fourth quarter of 2024, based on high revenues (exceeding €7 billion) and a cost/income ratio kept at a low level.

Specific items for this quarter had a cumulative impact of -€41 million on net income Group share, and included the following recurring accounting items: recurring accounting volatility items in revenues, such as the DVA (Debt Valuation Adjustment), the issuer spread portion of the FVA and secured lending for -€19 million in net income Group share in the Large Customers segment, and the hedging of the loan book in the Large Customers segment for +€1 million in net income Group share. In addition to these recurring items, there were a number of items specific to this quarter: Degroof Petercam integration costs of -€8 million in the net income Group share in Asset Gathering; ISB integration costs for -€15 million in the net income Group share in Large Customers.

Specific items for the fourth quarter 2023 had a cumulative impact of +€31 million on net income Group share, and included recurring accounting items for +€14 million and non-recurring items for +€17 million. The recurring items mainly corresponded to the reversal of the Home Purchase Savings Plans provision of +€8 million (+€4 million for LCL and +€4 million for the Corporate Centre); the other recurring items – the issuer spread portion of the FVA and secured lending (+€4 million) and loan book hedging (+€1 million) – offset each other. The non-recurring items related to the ongoing reorganisation of the Mobility activities in the SFS division (+€17 million).

Excluding specific items, underlying net income Group share³⁷ stood at €1,730 million in the fourth quarter of 2024, up +32.8% compared to the fourth quarter of 2023.

In the fourth quarter of 2024, underlying revenues were at a high level, standing at €7,116 million. They were up sharply by +18.2% compared to the fourth quarter of 2023. This growth was driven by growth in the Asset Gathering division (+31.6%) which in turn was driven by the rise in outstandings across all business lines, including the integration of Degroof Petercam³⁸. There was a positive base effect relating to very high weather-related claims in the fourth quarter of 2023. Large Customer division revenues (+10.6%) were driven by good results from all business lines with continued revenue growth in corporate and investment banking in the fourth quarter, in addition to an improvement in the net interest margin and fee and commission income within CACEIS. Specialised Financial Services division revenues (+4.0%) benefited mainly from positive price effects in the Personal Finance and Mobility business line. French Retail Banking growth (+0.8%) was driven by the rise in fee and commission income which offset the drop in NIM, and International Retail Banking revenues (-0.5%) were stable. Corporate Centre revenues were up +€362 million, positively impacted by the dividend and the revaluation of the equity interest in Banco BPM of +€294 million.

Underlying operating expenses totalled -€3,878 million in the fourth quarter of 2024, an increase of +4.4% compared to the fourth quarter of 2023, reflecting the support given to business line development. The -€164 million year-on-year rise in expenses was mainly due to a -€132 million scope effect³⁹.

The underlying cost/income ratio in fourth quarter 2024 stood at 54.5%, a decrease of -7.2 percentage points compared to fourth quarter 2023.

Underlying gross operating income in the fourth quarter of 2024 stood at €3,238 million, an increase of +40.4% compared to the fourth quarter of 2023.

As at 31 December 2024, risk indicators confirm the high quality of Crédit Agricole S.A.’s assets and risk coverage level. The diversified loan book is mainly geared towards home loans (26% of gross outstandings) and corporates (44% of Crédit Agricole S.A. gross outstandings). The Non-Performing Loans ratio was down
-0.2 point from the previous quarter and remains low at 2.3%. The coverage ratio⁴⁰ was high at 74.1%, up +2.7 percentage points over the quarter. Loan loss reserves amounted to €9.6 billion for Crédit Agricole S.A., relatively unchanged from end September 2024. Of those loan loss reserves, 35.8% were for performing loans (percentage up +1.5% from the previous quarter).

The underlying cost of risk showed a net addition of -€594 million, up +35.0% from the fourth quarter of 2023, including a -€278 million addition for performing loans (stages 1 and 2) (versus a reversal of -€1 million in the fourth quarter of 2023) and -€297 million in provisioning for proven risks (stage 3) (versus -€373 million in the fourth quarter of 2023). Also note a provision of -€18 million for other items (legal provisions), primarily for the SFS business line (-€30 million in legal provisions). By business line, 52% of the net addition for the quarter came from Specialised Financial Services (an increase from end-December 2023, unchanged from September 2024), 13% from LCL (22% at end-September 2023), 17% from International Retail Banking (23% at end-December 2023), 16% from Large Customers (9% at end-December 2023) and 1% from the Corporate Centre (3% at end-December 2023). The provisioning levels were determined by taking into account several weighted economic scenarios and by applying some flat-rate adjustments on sensitive portfolios. The weighted economic scenarios for the fourth quarter were updated relative to the third quarter, with a favourable scenario (French GDP at +1.1% in 2024, +1.3% in 2025) and an unfavourable scenario (French GDP at +1.1% in 2024 and -0.1% in 2025). In the fourth quarter of 2024, the cost of risk/outstandings was 34 basis points over a rolling four-quarter period⁴¹ and 44 basis points on an annualised quarterly basis⁴² (a deterioration of 1 basis point and 10 basis points, respectively, versus the fourth quarter of 2023 for both bases).

The underlying contribution from equity-accounted entities amounted to €62 million in the fourth quarter of 2024, up +2.4% compared to the fourth quarter of 2023, mainly due to the growth of equity-accounted entities in the personal finance and mobility business line.

Underlying income⁴³before tax, discontinued operations and non-controlling interests was up +41.9% to €2,698 million. The underlying effective tax rate stood at 26.4%, up +6.7 percentage points on fourth quarter 2023. The underlying tax charge was -€697 million, a +91% increase chiefly due to a positive base effect. Underlying net income before non-controlling interests was up +31.1% to €2,001 million. Non-controlling interests amounted to -€271 million in the fourth quarter of 2024, an increase of +21.1%.

Underlying earnings per share in fourth quarter 2024 came to €0.54, up +33.4% compared to fourth quarter 2023.

Crédit Agricole S.A. – Stated and underlying results, 2024 and 2023

En m€	2024 stated		Specific items	2024 underlying	2023 stated	Specific items	2023 underlying	∆ 2024/2023 stated	∆ 2024/2023 underlying

Revenues		_27,181	₃₀	_27,151	_25,180	₆₁₇	_24,563	_+7.9%	_+10.5%
Operating expenses excl.SRF		_(14,895)	₍₁₂₃₎	_(14,772)	_(13,632)	₍₁₄₎	_(13,618)	_+9.3%	_+8.5%
SRF		_–	_–	_–	₍₅₀₉₎	_–	₍₅₀₉₎	_(100.0%)	_(100.0%)
Gross operating income		_12,286	₍₉₄₎	_12,379	_11,039	₆₀₃	_10,436	_+11.3%	_+18.6%
Cost of risk		_(1,850)	₍₂₀₎	_(1,830)	_(1,777)	₍₈₄₎	_(1,693)	_+4.1%	_+8.1%
Equity-accounted entities		₁₉₄	₍₀₎	₁₉₄	₁₉₇	₍₃₉₎	₂₃₅	_(1.5%)	_(17.6%)
Net income on other assets		₍₄₎	₍₂₄₎	₂₀	₈₅	₈₉	₍₄₎	_n.m.	_n.m.
Change in value of goodwill		_–	_–	_–	₂	₁₂	₍₉₎	_(100.0%)	_(100.0%)
Income before tax		_10,625	₍₁₃₈₎	_10,763	_9,546	₅₈₀	_8,966	_+11.3%	_+20.0%
Tax		_(2,472)	₂₈	_(2,500)	_(2,201)	₍₁₅₃₎	_(2,047)	_+12.3%	_+22.1%
Net income from discont’d or held-for-sale ope.		_–	_–	_–	₍₃₎	_–	₍₃₎	_n.m.	_n.m.
Net income		_8,153	₍₁₀₉₎	_8,263	_7,343	₄₂₇	_6,916	_+11.0%	_+19.5%
Non controlling interests		_(1,067)	₂₄	_(1,090)	₍₉₉₅₎	₍₂₎	₍₉₉₂₎	_+7.3%	_+9.9%
Net income Group Share		_7,087	₍₈₆₎	_7,172	_6,348	₄₂₅	_5,923	_+11.6%	_+21.1%
Earnings per share (€)		_2.11	_(0.03)	_2.14	_1.94	_0.14	_1.80	_+8.5%	_+18.5%
Cost/Income ratio excl.SRF (%)		_54.8%		_54.4%	_54.1%		_55.4%	_{+0.7 pp}	_{-1.0 pp}

Over year 2024, stated net income Group share amounted to €7,087 million, versus €6,348 million for full-year 2023, an increase of +11.6%.

Specific items for 2024 had a negative impact of -€86 million on stated net income Group share and comprise +€21 million in recurring accounting items and -€107 million in non-recurring items. The recurring items mainly correspond to the reversals of and additions to the Home Purchase Savings Plans provisions for +€1 million net, as well as the accounting volatility items of the Large Customers division (the DVA for +€15 million and loan book hedging for +€6 million). Non-recurring items relate to the integration and acquisition costs of Degroof Petercam (-€35 million) within the Asset Gathering division, the costs of integrating ISB (-€52 million) within the Large Customers division and an additional provision for risk in Ukraine (-€20 million) within the International Retail Banking division.

Excluding specific items, underlying net income Group share reached €7,172 million, up +21.1% compared to full-year 2023.

Underlying revenues were up +10.5% year-on-year, driven by all business lines. Underlying operating expenses excluding SRF were +8.5% higher than in 2023, essentially reflecting the development of the Group’s business lines and the integration of scope effects, partially offset by the end of the SRF⁴⁴ building-up period. The underlying cost/income ratio excluding SRF for the period was 54.4%, a decrease of 1 percentage point compared to the same period in 2023. Underlying gross operating income totalled €12,379 million, up +18.6% compared to full-year 2023. The underlying cost of risk increased by +8.1% over the period to
-€1,830 million, versus -€1,693 million in 2023. Lastly, underlying contributions from equity-accounted entities amounted to €194 million, down -17.6% over the period.

Underlying earnings per share stood at €2.14 per share for full-year 2024, up 18.5% from full-year 2023.

Underlying RoTE⁴⁵, which is calculated on the basis of an annualised Underlying Net Income Group Share⁴⁶ and IFRIC charges linearised over the year, net of annualised Additional Tier 1 coupons (return on equity Group share excluding intangibles) and net of foreign exchange impact on reimbursed AT1, and restated for certain volatile items recognised in equity (including unrealised gains and/or losses), reached 14.0% in 2024, up +1.4 percentage point compared to 2023.

Analysis of the activity and the results of Crédit Agricole S.A.’s divisions and business lines

Activity of the Asset Gathering division

In the fourth quarter of 2024, assets under management in the Asset Gathering division (AG) stood at

€2,867 billion, up +€58 billion over the quarter (or +2.1%), mainly due to a positive market effect and strong net inflows in the three business lines – Asset Management, Insurance and Wealth Management. Over the year, assets under management rose by +12.1%.

Insurance activity (Crédit Agricole Assurances) was very dynamic with total premium income of €10.9 billion – a record level for a fourth quarter – up +14.2% compared to the fourth quarter of 2023, and up in all three segments: savings/retirement, property and casualty, and death & disability/creditor/group insurance. In total for the year, overall premium income also stood to a record €43.6 billion, up +17.2% vs. 2023.

In Savings/Retirement, fourth-quarter premium income stood at €8.3 billion, up +17.3% compared to the fourth quarter of 2023. Business was driven by euro payment bonus campaigns in France, launched during the first quarter, which boosted gross euro inflows, as well as by a confirmed upturn in international business. Unit-linked contracts accounted for 37.4% of gross inflows⁴⁷, down -12.8 percentage points over the year, reflecting the reduced appeal of unit-linked bond products. The quarter’s net inflows⁴⁷ totalled +€2.4 billion (up +€0.8 billion compared to the third quarter of 2024), comprised of +€1.4 billion net inflows from unit-linked contracts and +€1.1 billion from euro funds. In total, Savings/Retirement premium income amounted to €32.1 billion, up +21.5% compared to the end of December 2023.

Assets under management (savings, retirement and funeral insurance) continued to grow and came to €347.3 billion (up +€17.0 billion year-on-year, or +5.1%). The growth of assets under management was supported by positive market effects and positive net inflows. Unit-linked contracts accounted for 30.0% of outstandings, up +1.1 percentage point compared to the end of December 2023.

The profit sharing rate on Predica’s euro-denominated life insurance policies in 2024 remained stable compared to 2023.⁴⁸ The Policy Participation Reserve (PPE⁴⁹) amounted to €7.5 billion at 31 December 2024, representing 3.3% of total euro outstandings.

In property and casualty insurance, premium income rose to €1.2 billion in the fourth quarter of 2024, up +9.9%⁵⁰ compared to the fourth quarter of 2023. Growth stemmed from a price effect, with the increase in the average premium benefiting from revised rates and changes in the product mix, and a volume effect, with a portfolio of close to €16.7 million⁵¹ policies at the end of December 2024 (an increase of +5.3% over the year). The combined ratio at end-December 2024 was 94.4%,⁵² an improvement of -2.7 percentage points year-on-year, related to a positive base effect due to lower claims in the fourth quarter of 2024 compared with the same period one year earlier, which was impacted by fierce storms. In total, at the end of December 2024, premium income stood at €6.2 billion, an increase of +8.2% compared to full-year 2023.

In death & disability/creditor/group insurance, premium income for the fourth quarter of 2024 stood at €1.3 billion, up +1.4% compared to the fourth quarter of 2023. The strong performance in individual death and disability insurance and group insurance (+9.9% and +22.1%, respectively, compared to fourth quarter 2023) offset a decline in creditor insurance of -4.9% in both consumer finance and mortgage lending. In total, at the end of December 2024, premium income from personal protection insurance stood at €5.3 billion, an increase of +4.6% compared to 2023.

In Asset Management (Amundi), assets under management by Amundi increased by +2.2% and +10.0% respectively over the quarter and the year, reaching a new record of €2,240 billion at the end of December 2024, benefiting from the positive market effect, but also from a high level of inflows over the quarter and year.

Over the quarter, net inflows amounted to +€20.5 billion, the highest level since 2021, driven by medium-long-term assets ⁵³ (+€17.9 billion) in active management and, as in previous quarters, in ETFs. Third-party distributors also posted record inflows in 2024, which were well diversified and positive in all asset classes.

The Retail segment recorded record net inflows in 2024 from third-party distributors, well diversified across all asset classes, and positive inflows from partner networks in France. The institutional segment continued to record solid commercial momentum, with net inflows driven by medium/long-term assets in the institutional and sovereign segments, and by treasury products in the corporate segment. Finally, JVs continue to benefit from the dynamic inflows of SBI MF in India. Thus, the increase in assets under management of +€48.5 billion over the quarter is linked to a good level of activity (net inflows of +€20.5 billion) and a positive market and foreign exchange effect of +€28.1 billion. In 2024, the increase in assets under management of +€203 billion is linked to record net inflows of +€55.4 billion, doubling compared to 2023, a favorable market effect of +€140.1 billion and a scope effect of +€7.9 billion in connection with the integration of Alpha Associate since the second quarter of 2024.

In Wealth Management, total assets under management (CA Indosuez Wealth Management and LCL Private Banking) amounted to €279 billion at the end of December 2024, and were up +1.9% compared to September 2024 and +46,9% compared to December 2023.

For Indosuez Wealth Management assets under management at the end of December stood at €215 billion⁵⁴, up +2.6% compared to the end of September 2024, thanks to a good level of activity with net inflows of +€1.9 billion and a favourable market effect of +€3.7 billion. Compared to the end of December 2023, assets under management were up by +€87 billion (or +68.2%), taking into account a scope effect of €69 billion (integration of Degroof Petercam in June 2024). Also of note over the quarter was the continued integration of Degroof Petercam with several capital reorganisations in France and in Luxembourg, and the effective mergers of legal entities planned for Q3 2025. In 2025, Wealth Management projects in the region of €70-80 million in additional integration costs for Degroof Petercam.

Results of the Asset Gathering division

In the fourth quarter of 2024, the Asset Gathering division generated €2,045 million in revenues, up +31.6% compared to the fourth quarter of 2023, driven by all the division’s business lines. Expenses increased +28% to -€930 million and gross operating income came to €1,116 million, +34.7% compared to fourth quarter of 2023. The cost/income ratio for the fourth quarter of 2024 stood at 45.5%, down -1.3 percentage points compared to the same period in 2023. Taxes amounted to -€315 million, up +82.3%, notably related to the scope of insurance activities. Net income Group share for Asset Gathering division was €695 million in the fourth quarter of 2024, up +27.4% compared to the same period in 2023.

In full-year 2024, Asset Gathering generated €7,648 million in revenues, up +14.4% compared to the end of December 2023, driven by very high level of revenues in all three business lines – in Insurance, Asset Management and Wealth Management. Expenses excluding SRF increased +17.1%.to -€3,365 million, while gross operating income came to €4,284 million (up +12.5% compared to end-December 2023). As a result, the cost/income ratio excluding SRF stood at 44%, up +1.0 percentage points compared to the end of December 2023. The tax charge was -€973 million in 2024, up +11.7% on 2023. Finally, Asset Gathering net income Group share came to €2,875 million, up +13.1% compared to 2023, up in the three activities of the Asset Gathering division.

At end-December 2024, the Asset Gathering, contributed 38% to the underlying net income Group share of the Crédit Agricole S.A. core businesses and 28% to underlying revenues (excluding the Corporate Centre division).

As at 31 December 2024, equity allocated to the division amounted to €12.6 billion, including €10.4 billion for Insurance, €1.3 billion for Asset Management, and €0.9 billion for Wealth Management. The division’s risk-weighted assets amounted to €57.5 billion, including €34.5 billion for Insurance, €13.7 billion for Asset Management and €9.4 billion for Wealth Management.

Underlying RoNE (return on normalised equity) stood at 26.9% at the end of December 2024.

Insurance results

In the fourth quarter of 2024, insurance revenues reached €715 million, up sharply by +37.1% compared to the fourth quarter of 2023, benefiting from a favorable base effect (fourth quarter 2023 having been impacted by the high claims rate related to storms Ciaran and Domingos), dynamic activity and growth in assets under management. Revenues for the quarter include €540 million from savings/retirement⁵⁵, €93 million from personal protection⁵⁶ and €141 million from property and casualty insurance⁵⁷.

The CSM (Contractual Service Margin) stood at €25.2 billion at 31 December 2024, up 5.8% year-on-year, benefiting from the positive impact of the revaluation of the stock and the contribution of new business exceeding the CSM allocation. The CSM allocation factor was 7.7% in 2024. Non-attributable expenses for the quarter amounted to -€77 million, up +2.7% vs. the fourth quarter of 2023. As a result, gross operating income reached €638 million, up +42.9% compared to the same period in 2023. Taxes amounted to -€218 million, compared with -€79 million in the fourth quarter of 2023, in connection with the increase in the tax rate to 34.5% (+16.7 percentage points compared to the fourth quarter of 2023). This change is linked in particular to an upward reassessment of the tax rate including a decrease in the valuation of assets at a reduced rate. Non-controlling interests amounted to €3 million compared to €-32 million in the fourth quarter of 2023, impacted by the inclusion of accounting items related to the redemption of RT1 instruments. Net income Group share was €418 million, up +24.5% compared to the fourth quarter of 2023.

Full year 2024 insurance revenues reached €2,845 million, up +11.9% compared to 2023, in line with dynamic activity, the increase in outstandings, as well as the lower claims experience in 2024 compared to 2023. Non-attributable expenses amounted to -€341 million, up +9.3%. The cost/income ratio is thus 12%, below the target ceiling set by the Medium-Term Plan of 15%. Gross operating income was €2,504 million (+12.2% compared to 2023). The tax expense was -€572 million, up +16.6% compared to 2023, in line with the lower contribution of reduced tax rate operations to the overall tax rate. As a result, net income Group share reached €1,884 million, up +14% compared to 2023.

Insurance contributed 25% to the underlying net income Group share of Crédit Agricole S.A.’s business lines (excluding AHM) at the end of December 2024 and 10% to their underlying revenues.

Crédit Agricole Assurances remains solid with a prudential Solvency 2 ratio superior to 200% as of 31 December 2024.

Asset Management results

In the fourth quarter of 2024, revenues reached €901 million, up +14.5% compared to the fourth quarter of 2023, mainly driven by management and technology revenues. Net management fees posted sustained growth of +13.5% compared to the fourth quarter of 2023, linked to the good level of activity and the increase in average assets under management. Performance fees were also up +67.6% compared to the fourth quarter of 2023, benefiting from the good performance of active strategies, particularly rates and credit. Amundi Technology’s revenues continued their sustained growth and increased by +47,1% compared to the fourth quarter of 2023, amplified this quarter by the first consolidation of aixigo, a European leader in Wealth Tech, whose acquisition was finalized in November 2024. Operating expenses amounted to €-506 million, up +16.2% compared to the fourth quarter of 2024, mainly explained by the effect of the first consolidation of Alpha Associates and aixigo, the acceleration of strategic investments, the growth of variable compensation revenues related to operational performance and acquisition-related integration costs.⁵⁸ Restated for integration costs, the increase in expenses remains lower than the increase in revenues, thus generating a positive jaws effect. Gross operating income was €395 million, up +12.5% compared to the fourth quarter of 2023, reflecting double-digit revenue growth. The contribution of associates, including the contribution of Amundi’s Asian joint ventures, amounted to €29 million, up +1.8% compared to the fourth quarter of 2023. The tax expense amounted to -€80 million (down -9.6%). Net income before deduction of minority interests amounted to €341 million, up +18% compared to the same period in 2023. As a result, net income Group share was €226 million, +16.2% compared to the fourth quarter of 2023.

In 2024, net banking income reached €3,406 million, up +9.1% in asset management, reflecting growth in management revenues, linked to the growth in average assets under management and the very good performance of active and passive management. Amundi Technology’s revenues also grew strongly, amplified by the acquisition of aixigo in the fourth quarter of 2024. Operating expenses excluding SRF amounted to -€1,890 million, an increase of +8.8%, explained by the first consolidation of Alpha Associates and aixigo, investments in growth areas, the increase in provisions for variable compensation in line with operational performance and integration costs⁵⁸.The cost/income ratio excluding SRF stood at 55.5%, stable compared to 2023 (-0.2 percentage points). Thus, gross operating income increased by +9.7% compared to 2023, reflecting the increase in revenues. Profit from associates increased by +20.9%, mainly driven by the JV in India, which contributed more than €100 million for the first time to this result. In the end, net income Group share was €849 million, up +11.7% compared to 2023.

Wealth Management results⁵⁹

In the fourth quarter of 2024, net banking income from wealth management amounted to €430 million, up +73.9% compared to the fourth quarter of 2023, benefiting from the impact of the integration of Degroof Petercam in June 2024.⁶⁰ Excluding this effect, revenues were supported by the good momentum of management fees in connection with the increase in outstandings, offsetting the anticipated decrease in the net interest margin on deposits. Expenses for the quarter amounted to -€347 million, up +60.4% compared to the fourth quarter of 2023, impacted by a Degroof Petercam⁶⁰ and -€12.8 million in integration costs. Restated for these impacts, the evolution of expenses is slightly lower than in the fourth quarter of 2023. The cost/income ratio for the fourth quarter of 2024 stood at 80.8%, down -6.8 percentage points compared to the same period in 2023. Restated for integration and acquisition costs, the cost/income ratio was 77.8%. Gross operating income reached €82 million, up sharply (x 2.7) compared to the fourth quarter of 2023. The cost of risk for the quarter remained moderate at -€3 million, in line with the fourth quarter of 2023 (-€5 million). Net income Group share reached €51 million, up sharply (x 3.3) compared to the fourth quarter of 2023. Restated for integration and acquisition costs⁶¹, net income Group share for the fourth quarter of 2024 amounted to €60 million.

For the full year 2024, net banking income from the wealth management business amounted to €1,397 million, up +36.6% compared to the end of December 2023, benefiting in particular from the integration of Degroof Petercam in June 2024⁶². Expenses excluding SRF were up +37.5% due to a Degroof Petercam⁶² scope effect and -€26.4 million in integration costs. Restated for these impacts, 2024 expenses are up slightly by +2.8% compared to 2023. Gross operating income increased by +35.0% to €264 million. The cost of risk at the end of 2024 was -€15 million, up -€11 million compared to the end of December 2023, related to the consideration of litigation and the provisioning of various cases. Net income on other assets amounted to -€23 million, mainly corresponding to acquisition costs for Degroof Petercam⁶³, restated for specific items. Net income Group share for 2024 was €142 million, up 11.1% compared to 2023. Restated for integration and acquisition costs⁶³, 2024 net income Group share amounted to €177 million.

Wealth Management contributed 2% to the underlying net income Group share of Crédit Agricole S.A.’s business lines (excluding AHM) at the end of December 2024 and 5% of their underlying revenues.

As of 31 December 2024, the equity allocated to Wealth Management amounted to €0.9 billion; risk weighted assets are €9.4 billion.

Activity of the Large Customers division

Once again in Q4 2024, Corporate and Investment Banking (CIB) posted an excellent performance across all its businesses (best fourth quarter and best year in terms of revenues). Asset servicing also recorded strong business momentum during the period.

Corporate and Investment Banking’s fourth-quarter underlying revenues rose sharply to €1,596 million, an increase of +9.9% compared with the fourth quarter of 2023, driven by growth in its two business lines. Revenues from Financing activities were up +4.4% year-on-year to €898 million. This was mainly due to the strong performance recorded by Commercial Banking (+4.0% versus the fourth quarter of 2023), driven by good momentum in Corporate activities, especially in the Telecom sector, and strong revenues from asset financing and project financing, especially in Green energy and Aerospace. Capital Markets and Investment Banking also grew its revenues to €699 million, an increase of +18.0% compared with the fourth quarter of 2023. Growth was fuelled by the high revenues maintained by Capital Markets (+17.0% versus the fourth quarter of 2023), driven by the Repo and Securitisation businesses, and the strong performance recorded by Investment Banking (with growth of +23.0% compared with the fourth quarter of 2023) thanks to the strong performance of Structured Equities.

In total, Corporate and Investment Banking’s underlying revenue rose a steep +6.5% year-on-year to €6,540 million, driven by growth in its two business lines. Revenues from Financing activities were up +5.7% compared to the total for 2023, at €3,355 million. Capital Markets and Investment Banking also grew its revenues by +7.3% compared with the end of December 2023, to total €3,185 million.

Financing activities consolidated its leading position in syndicated loans (#1 in France⁶⁴ and #2 in EMEA⁶⁴). Crédit Agricole CIB reaffirmed its strong position in bond issues (#4 All bonds in EUR Worldwide⁶⁴) and was ranked #2 in Green, Social & Sustainable bonds in EUR.⁶⁵ Average regulatory VaR stood at €9.5 million in the fourth quarter of 2024, down from the €10.1 million recorded in the third quarter of 2024, reflecting changes in positions and the financial markets. It remained at a level that reflected prudent risk management.

In Asset Servicing, buoyant sales and favourable market conditions boosted growth in assets over the year, which offset the planned withdrawal of ISB customers. The fourth quarter of 2024 saw the continued migration of ISB (formerly RBC Investor Services in Europe) client portfolios to CACEIS platforms, following the effective merger of the legal entities with those of CACEIS on 31 May 2024. Client migration is now practically complete. On 19 December 2024, Crédit Agricole S.A. announced the signature of an agreement to acquire Santander’s 30.5% non-controlling stake in CACEIS, with the aim of full ownership.

Assets under custody increased by +4.5% at end-December 2024 compared with end September 2024, and by +12.1% compared with end December 2023, to reach €5,291 billion. Assets under administration also increased by +0.3% this quarter and were up +3.0% year-on-year, totalling €3,397 billion at end December 2024.

Results of the Large Customers division

In the fourth quarter of 2024, stated revenues of the Large Customers division once again reached a record level, with €2,108 million, up +8.9% compared with the fourth quarter of 2023, buoyed by an excellent performance in the Corporate and Investment Banking and Asset Servicing business lines.

Operating expenses increased (+7.4%) compared with the fourth quarter of 2023, due to IT investments and business development. As a result, the division’s gross operating income was up +11.6% compared with the fourth quarter of 2023 to €810 million. The division recorded an overall net provision for cost of risk of -€93 million in the fourth quarter of 2024, compared with additions of -€39 million in the fourth quarter of 2023. Stated pre-tax income totalled €723 million, an increase over the period (+4.7%). The tax charge was -€166 million. Lastly, stated Net income Group share came to €512 million in the fourth quarter of 2024, compared with stated income of €525 million in Q4 2023.

Over full-year 2024, stated revenues of the Large Customers division was a record high of €8,651 million, up +11.2% compared with the 2023 total. At -€5,039 million, operating expenses excluding SRF rose +11.8% compared with the same period in 2023, due mainly to IT investments and business development. Expenses for the year include ISB integration costs of -€97 million. Gross operating income stood at €3,612 million for full-year 2024, representing an increase of +22.0% compared to 2023. Over the period, the cost of risk recorded a net addition of -€117 million, compared to an addition of -€120 million in the same period in 2023. The business line’s contribution to stated Net income Group share was €2,448 million, a strong increase of +21.7% compared to full-year 2023.

The business line contributed 32% to the underlying net income Group share of Crédit Agricole S.A.’s core businesses (excluding the Corporate Centre division) at end-December 2024 and 31% to underlying revenues excluding the Corporate Centre.

At 31 December 2024, the equity allocated to the division was €14 billion and its risk-weighted assets were €147.8 billion.

Underlying RoNE (return on normalised equity) stood at 17.7% at the end of December 2024.

Corporate and Investment Banking results

In the fourth quarter of 2024, Corporate and Investment Banking stated revenues reached a record at €1,573 million, up +7.7% from the fourth quarter of 2023. This was a record fourth quarter for Corporate and Investment Banking. The specific items had an impact of -€23.7 million in the fourth quarter of 2024 (compared to +€7.8 million in the fourth quarter of 2023) and comprised the DVA, the issuer spread portion of the FVA, and secured lending for -€25.6 million (compared to +€6.0 million in the fourth quarter of 2023) and loan book hedging totalling +€1.9 million (compared to +€1.8 million in the fourth quarter of 2023).

Operating expenses rose by +6.3% to -€902 million, mainly due to IT investments and the development of business line activities. Gross operating income rose sharply by +9.7% compared to the fourth quarter of 2023, taking it to a high level of +€671 million. The cost/income ratio was 57.4%, a slight change of -0.8 percentage point over the period. The cost of risk recorded a net addition of -€86 million, higher than the fourth quarter 2023 (-€32 million). This level of allocations is driven by model effects. The overall level remains low with a cost of risk/outstandings of 7 basis points⁶⁶. Lastly, pre-tax income in the fourth quarter of 2024 stood at €586 million, versus €580 million in the fourth quarter of 2023 (up +1.0%). The tax charge stood at -€139 million. Lastly, stated net income Group share was down -7.1% at €437 million in the fourth quarter of 2024.

In 2024, stated revenues were up +7.6% to a record level of €6,568 million for the year, with balanced growth between Corporate and Investment Banking and on a very good level recorded for full-year 2023. The specific items over the period had an impact of +€28.5 million (compared to -€38.9 million in 2023) and comprised the DVA, the issuer spread portion of the FVA, and secured lending for +€20.2 million (compared to -€14.6 million in 2023) and loan book hedging totalling +€8.2 million, (compared to -€24.3 million in 2023).

Operating expenses excluding SRF rose +5.4%, mainly due to variable compensation and investments in IT and employees to support the development of the business lines. The cost/income ratio of 53.7% remained contained and below the MTP target. As a result, gross operating income of €3,040 million was up sharply (+22.3% compared with full-year 2023.) The cost of risk recorded a net addition of -€93 million for 2024, compared to a net addition of -€111 million for 2023. The income tax charge stood at -€748 million, up +29.4%. Lastly, stated net income Group share totalled €2,152 million for 2024, an increase of +22.7% over the period.

Risk weighted assets at the end of December 2024 amounted to €136.9 billion, up by +€8.3 billion compared to the end of September 2024, notably due to an unfavourable foreign exchange impact and rating.

Asset servicing results

In the fourth quarter of 2024, the revenues of Asset Servicing were up +12.7% compared to the fourth quarter of 2023, totalling €535 million. This rise was driven by high fee and commission income, itself driven by the increase in assets and by the favourable trend in net interest margin. Operating expenses rose by +9.8% to -€396 million, including -€2.7 million in scope effects linked to the consolidation of the remaining ISB entities and -€26.6 million in ISB integration costs restated as specific items (-€24.9 million in integration costs in the fourth quarter of 2023). Excluding these effects, the increase in expenses was +9.3% compared to the third quarter of 2023, linked to IT expenses and business growth. As a result, gross operating income was up by +21.7% to €139 million in the fourth quarter of 2024. Thus, the cost/income ratio stood at 74%, down -1.9 percentage point. Excluding ISB integration costs, it stood at 69.0%. Net income thus totalled €110 million, up +36.9% compared with the fourth quarter of 2023. Adjusted for the €35 million share of non-controlling interests, the business line’s contribution to net income Group share totalled €75 million in the fourth quarter of 2024, up +36.4% compared with the fourth quarter of 2023.

In 2024, revenues totalled €2,083 million, up +24.2% compared to the same period in 2023, buoyed by the integration of ISB, strong commercial momentum and a favourable trend in the interest margin over the period. Costs excluding SRF increased by +30.1% and stood at €1,511 million. They included a scope effect of -€207 million over the first six months of 2024 and -€97 million in ISB integration costs. Gross operating income was up +20.4% compared to full year 2023. The cost/income ratio stood at 72.6%, up 3.3 points compared to 2023. Excluding ISB integration costs, the cost/income ratio stood at 67.9%. Net income thus rose by +15.8%. The overall contribution of the business line to net income Group share at the end of December 2024 was €296 million, representing a +15.1% increase compared to full year 2023.

Specialised financial services activity

The commercial production of Crédit Agricole Personal Finance & Mobility (CAPFM) totalled €11.7 billion in the fourth quarter of 2024. This represents a decrease, mainly due to the Chinese market, of -2.9% compared to fourth quarter 2023. The share of automotive financing⁶⁷ in quarterly new business production stood at 50.2% this quarter. The average customer rate for production was up +5 basis points from the third quarter of 2024. CAPFM’s assets under management stood at €119.3 billion at the end of December 2024, up +5.6% compared to the end of December 2023, driven by all activities (Automotive +8.2%⁶⁸ with Crédit Agricole Auto Bank and Leasys, LCL and Regional Banks +5.3%; Other entities +3.2%). Lastly, consolidated outstandings totalled €69.1 billion at the end of December 2024, up +3.3% compared to the fourth quarter of 2023.

In January 2025, CAPFM announced the finalisation of the acquisition of 50% of GAC Leasing.

Crédit Agricole Leasing & Factoring (CAL&F) commercial production increased by +15.7% compared to the fourth quarter of 2023. It was driven by property leasing and renewable energy financing. Leasing outstandings rose +7.2% year-on-year, both in France (+5.9%) and internationally (+12.3%), to reach €20.3 billion at the end of December 2024 (of which €16.0 billion in France and €4.3 billion internationally). Commercial factoring production was up sharply, recording a twofold increase compared to the fourth quarter of 2023. It was driven by the signing of significant contracts both in France, where production increased by +32.5% in the fourth quarter of 2024 compared to the fourth quarter of 2023, and internationally, where production was multiplied by a factor of 3.5 in the fourth quarter of 2024 compared to the fourth quarter of 2023. Factoring outstandings at end-December 2024 were up +3.7% compared to end-December 2023, and factored revenues were up by +6.9% compared to the same period in 2023.

Specialised financial services’ results

The revenues of the Specialised Financial Services division were €915 million in the fourth quarter of 2024, up +4.0% compared to the fourth quarter of 2023. Expenses amounted to -€447 million, down -0.5% versus fourth quarter 2023 and down -1.4% excluding the base effect⁶⁹ related to the reorganisation of the Mobility activities at CAPFM in the fourth quarter of 2023. The cost/income ratio stood at 48.8%, up -2.2 percentage points compared to the same period in 2023. Gross operating income thus came to €468 million, up +8.6% compared to the fourth quarter of 2023. Cost of risk amounted to -€306 million, up +66.2% compared to the fourth quarter of 2023, with this quarter including model revisions at CAPFM, essentially leading to a -€50 million deterioration in unproven risk, and a -€30 million provision for legal risk of which UK car loans. Net income from equity-accounted entities rose +8.4% compared to the fourth quarter of 2023 to €43 million, with this quarter including around €14 million in non-recurring items. The change in value of goodwill was €0 million vs. €12 million in the fourth quarter of 2023, and excluding the base effect⁶⁹ related to the reorganisation of Mobility activities at CAPFM, there was no change. The division’s Net income Group share amounted to €124 million, down -43.1% compared to the same period in 2023, and down -8.4% excluding the base effect⁶⁹ related to the reorganisation of Mobility activities at CAPFM and excluding provisions for legal risks and model revisions in Q4-24 at CAPFM.

Over 2024, revenues for the Specialised Financial Services division fell by -2.2%, but rose by +6.8% excluding the base effect⁷⁰ related to the reorganisation of the Mobility activities at CAPFM, compared to 2023. This favourable trend was driven by a good performance in CAL&F (+6.8%) and by higher revenues for CAPFM excluding the base effect⁷⁰ (+6.8%), benefiting from the scope effects linked to the strategic pivot around Mobility at CAPFM, which led to the 100% consolidation of Crédit Agricole Auto Bank from the second quarter of 2023 and of ALD and LeasePlan activities in six European countries, as well as the acquisition of a majority stake in the capital of Hiflow in the third quarter of 2023. Costs excluding SRF increased by +6.4% compared to 2023. Expenses excluding SRF, the base effect⁷⁰ and scope effects rose by +2.3%. The cost/income ratio stood at 50.6%, or +4.1 percentage points versus the same period in 2023; excluding the base effect⁷⁰, the change was +0.3 percentage points. Cost of risk increased by +10.1% compared to 2023, to -€958 million, and increased by +21.9% excluding the base effect⁷⁰.This rise notably includes the impact of scope effects as well as -€50 million due to model revisions and a -€30 million provision for legal risk of which UK car loans in the fourth quarter of 2024 at CAPFM. The contribution from equity-accounted entities was down -3.3% versus the same period in 2023, and down -25.5% excluding the base effect⁷⁰, due to the full consolidation of Crédit Agricole Auto Bank in the second quarter of 2023, which was previously accounted for using the equity method. Net income on other assets amounted to -€12 million at the end of December 2024, compared to €71 million at the end of December 2023 and -€18 million excluding the base effect⁷⁰. The change in value of goodwill was €0 million for 2024 vs. €12 million for 2023, and excluding the base effect⁷⁰ related to the reorganisation of the Mobility activities at CAPFM, there was no change. Net income Group share thus came to €625 million, down -26.6% compared to 2023, and down -7.5% excluding the base effect⁷⁰ related to the reorganisation of the Mobility activities at CAPFM.

The business line contributed 8% to the underlying net income Group share of Crédit Agricole S.A.’s core businesses (excluding the Corporate Centre division) at end-December 2024 and 13% to underlying revenues excluding the Corporate Centre.

At 31 December 2024, the equity allocated to the division was €7.2 billion and its risk-weighted assets were €76.2 billion.

The underlying RoNE (return on normalised equity) stood at 8.1% for the 12 months of 2024.

Personal Finance and Mobility results

CAPFM revenues reached €722 million in the fourth quarter of 2024, up +4.5% compared to the fourth quarter of 2023, with a positive price effect thanks in particular to the production margin rate, which improved by +75 basis points in the fourth quarter of 2024 compared to the fourth quarter of 2023 (up +31 basis points compared to the third quarter of 2024), and with around €30 million in non-recurring items in the fourth quarter of 2024. Expenses were down by -0.7% and stood at -€347 million. They were down by -1.9% excluding the base effect⁷¹ related to the reorganisation of the Mobility activities compared to the same period in 2023. Gross operating income stood at €375 million, up +9.9%. The cost/income ratio stood at 48.1%, or -2.5 percentage points versus the same period in 2023 and -3.2 percentage points excluding the base effect⁷¹ related to the reorganisation of the Mobility activities. Cost of risk increased by +68.4% to -€286 million compared to the fourth quarter of 2023, with this quarter including model revisions leading essentially to a -€50 million deterioration in unproven risk, and a -€30 million provision for legal risk of which UK car loans. The cost of risk/outstandings thus stood at 127 basis points⁷², a deterioration of +6 basis points compared to the fourth quarter of 2023. The Non Performing Loans ratio was 4.7% at the end of December 2024, up +0.2 percentage point compared to the end of September 2024, while the coverage ratio reached 73.2%, down -1.0 percentage point compared to the end of September 2024. The contribution from equity-accounted entities rose by +9.7% compared to the same period in 2023. Excluding the base effect⁷¹ related to the reorganisation of the Mobility activities, the change in value of goodwill is zero, it stood at €12 million in the fourth quarter of 2023. As a result, net income Group share totalled €74 million in the fourth quarter of 2024, i.e. -56.2% compared to the same period the previous year. Excluding the base effect⁷¹ and excluding the legal provisions and model revisions, net income Group share was down -11.7%.

In 2024, CAPFM’s revenues totalled €2,764 million, down -4.3% compared with 2023, but up +6.8% excluding the base effect related to the reorganisation of the Mobility activities⁷³. Revenues benefited from scope effects related to the strategic pivot around Mobility that had resulted in the full consolidation of Crédit Agricole Auto Bank from the second quarter of 2023, the acquisition of ALD and LeasePlan activities in six European countries, and the acquisition of a majority stake in the capital of Hiflow in the third quarter of 2023. Expenses excluding SRF stood at -€1,382 million, an increase of +7.0% on 2023. Expenses excluding SRF, excluding the base effect⁷³ and scope effects, were up +1.7%. Gross operating income therefore came in at €1,382 million, which was a drop of -12.8% but an increase of +6.4% excluding the base effect⁷³. The cost/income ratio stood at 50.0%, or +5.3 percentage points versus the same period in 2023; excluding the base effect⁷³, the change was +0.7 percentage points. Cost of risk increased by +8.6% compared with 2023, to -€877 million, and rose +21.3% when the base effect⁷³ is excluded. This rise notably includes the impact of scope effects as well as a model revision leading essentially to a -€50 million deterioration in unproven risk, and a -€30 million provision for legal risk of which UK car loans. The contribution from equity-accounted entities was down -0.8% versus the same period in 2023, and down -22.9% excluding the base effect⁷³ related to the scope effects of Crédit Agricole Auto Bank, which was fully consolidated in the second quarter of 2023 having previously been accounted for using the equity method. Net income on other assets was down -€82.1 million between 2024 and 2023. However, excluding the base effect⁷³, it was up +€7 million. The change in value of goodwill was €0 million for 2024 against €12 million for 2023, and excluding the base effect⁷³ related to the reorganisation of the Mobility activities, there was no change. As a result, net income Group share stood at €422 million for 2024, a decline of -37.5% from the same period one year earlier. Excluding the base effect⁷³, net income Group share was down -15.4% from the same period in 2023.

Leasing & Factoring results

CAL&F’s revenues totalled €193 million, up +1.9% compared with the fourth quarter of 2023. This increase was driven by factoring, which benefited from positive volume effects (increase in factored revenues). Expenses remained stable with an increase of +0.4%, while the cost/income ratio stood at 51.7%, an improvement of -0.8 percentage points from the fourth quarter of 2023. Gross operating income rose +3.5% to €93 million, with a positive jaws effect of +1.5 percentage points. Cost of risk totalled -€20 million, up +40.1% compared to the same period in 2023. This rise was mainly due to the small business and SME markets. Cost of risk/outstandings stood at 24 basis points⁷², up +4 basis points compared to fourth quarter 2023. As a result, net income Group share was €50 million, up +1.7% compared with the fourth quarter of 2023.

In 2024, revenues totalled €756 million, an increase of +6.8% compared to 2023. Costs excluding SRF increased by +4.3% to €398 million. Gross operating income rose significantly, +15.1% compared to 2023, to €358 million. The underlying cost/income ratio excluding SRF amounted to 52.6%, an improvement of -1.2 percentage points compared to 2023. The cost of risk increased by +29.7%, compared to the same period in 2023, to -€81 million. Net income Group share was €203 million, up +15.0% compared to the year 2023.

Crédit Agricole S.A. Retail Banking activity

Activity in Crédit Agricole S.A.’s Retail Banking business was solid during the quarter, with an increasing number of customers taking out insurance policies. Home loan production in France is steadily recovering, while continuing to rise for corporate loans. Outside France, loan activity was dynamic.

Retail banking activity in France

In the fourth quarter of 2024, activity remained strong with the upturn in mortgage lending and non-remunerated demand deposits which rose over the quarter. Customer acquisition is dynamic, with 60,000 new customers this quarter.

The equipment rate for car, multi-risk home, health, legal, all mobile devices or personal accident insurance rose by +0.4 percentage points to stand at 27.9% at end-December 2024.

Loan production totalled €8.5 billion, representing a year-on-year increase of +34.2%. The fourth quarter of 2024 confirmed the recovery in home loan production (+59.3% compared to the fourth quarter of 2023 and +10.6% compared to the third quarter of 2023), boosted by the proactive pricing policy. The average production rate for home loans came to 3.24%, down -14 basis points from the third quarter of 2024 and -92 basis points year on year. The home loan stock rate improved by +5 basis points over the quarter and by +18 basis points year on year. The strong momentum continued in the corporate market (+28.9% year on year) and the small business market (+19.3% year on year) but slowed for the consumer segment (-8.2%), in a challenging economic environment.

Outstanding loans stood at €171 billion at end-December 2024, representing a +1.1% increase quarter-on-quarter and year-on-year (of which +1.3% for home loans, +0.8% for loans to professionals, +0.7% for loans to corporate). Customer assets totalled €255.0 billion at end-December 2024, up +3.0% year on year, driven by non-remunerated deposits and off-balance sheet funds. Customer assets also rose +0.7% during the quarter, thanks to the increase in demand deposit volumes (+1.1% compared with end-September 2024) in a still-uncertain environment, as well as term deposits (+1.2% compared with end-September 2024). Off-balance sheet deposits benefited from a positive year-on-year market effect across all segments and positive net inflows in life insurance.

Retail banking activity in Italy

In the fourth quarter of 2024, CA Italia posted gross customer capture of 45,000.

Loan outstandings at CA Italia stood at €62.1 billion at end-December 2024⁷⁴, up +1.7% compared with end-December 2023. This was despite the downturn in the Italian market⁷⁵, driven by the retail segment, which posted an increase in outstandings of 3.2%, and the corporate segment, which recorded an increase in outstandings of 3.6%. Loan production, buoyed by the solid momentum in all markets, rose +4.5% compared with the fourth quarter of 2023. Home loan production was good but nevertheless recorded a decline compared to a very high fourth quarter in 2023 (-6.3%). The loan stock rate fell by -20 bp on the third quarter of 2024, but was down less sharply than market rates.

Customer assets at end-December 2024 totalled €120 billion, up +3.6% compared with end-December 2023; on-balance sheet deposits were relatively unchanged from the previous year at +0.5%, while the cost of ressources decreased. Lastly, off-balance sheet deposits rose +7.7%, benefiting from a market effect and positive net inflows.

CA Italia’s equipment rate in car, multi-risk home, health, legal, all mobile devices or personal accident insurance increased to 20.0%, up 1.2 percentage points compared with the fourth quarter of 2023.

Crédit Agricole Group activity in Italy⁷⁶

The Group’s business lines in Italy continued to grow throughout 2024. They served 6.1 million customers at end-December 2024, and the Group’s market share stood at 5%⁷⁷ in Italy at end-2024.

Crédit Agricole Italia has the best NPS among commercial banks.⁷⁸ The Group’s business lines were ranked 2^nd in consumer finance⁷⁹, 3^rd in asset management⁸⁰, and 4^th in life bancassurance⁸¹.

Loans outstanding stood at €102 billion at end-December 2024 (+2% versus end-December 2023). Total customer assets stood at €340 billion at end-December 2024 (+2.7% compared to end-December 2023).

International Retail Banking activity excluding Italy

For International Retail Banking excluding Italy, loan outstandings were stable at -0.2% at current exchange rates at end-December 2024 compared with end-December 2023 (+5.2% at constant exchange rates). Customer assets rose by +1.2% over the same period at current exchange rates (+8,9% at constant exchange rates).

In Poland in particular, loan outstandings increased by +3.8% versus December 2023 (+2.1% at constant exchange rates) and customer assets by +7.5% (+9.3% at constant exchange rates), against a backdrop of fierce competition for deposits. Loan production in Poland also remained strong, rising +9% compared with the fourth quarter of 2023 at current exchange rates (+6.3% at constant exchange rates).

In Egypt, loan outstandings fell -16.4% between end-December 2024 and end-December 2023 (+29.3% at constant exchange rates). Over the same period, inflows fell by -26.8% but were still up +13.2% at constant exchange rates.

The surplus of deposits over loans in Poland and Egypt amounted to €2.4 billion at 31 December 2024, and totalled €4.1 billion including Ukraine.

French retail banking results

In the fourth quarter of 2024, LCL’s revenues stood at €960 million, stable (+0.1%) compared with the fourth quarter of 2023 (+0.8% excluding the reversal of the provision for Home Purchase Saving Plans in the fourth quarter of 2023⁸²). The increase in fee and commission income (+8.4% Q4/Q4) was driven by all activities (excluding securities management), but mainly by strong momentum in cash flow and card premiums. NIM was down -7.7% Q4/Q4 (-6.6% excluding the reversal of the provision for Home Purchase Saving Plans in the fourth quarter of 2023⁸²). This quarter, the net interest margin was boosted by higher lending yields (stock repricing +18 bp Q4/Q4 and +5 bp Q4/Q3) making it possible to offset the increased cost of resources and a lower contribution from macro-hedging.

Expenses were down by -1.1% and stood at -€647 million, benefiting in particular from a positive base effect (non-recurring items recorded in Q4 2023 including provisions on HR, property and IT components) making it possible to offset continued investments linked to IT and external expenditure (marketing, communication). The cost/income ratio stood at 67.4%, down 0.8 percentage point compared to fourth quarter 2023. Gross operating income rose by +2.7% to €313 million.

The cost of risk was down -19.3% compared with the fourth quarter of 2023 to -€78 million (including -€42 million in cost of risk on performing loans, -€36 million in proven risk), cost of risk/outstandings remained stable at 22 basis points, in a context of a deterioration for SMEs and small businesses. The coverage ratio stood at 62.6% at end-December 2024 (+2.8 percentage point compared with end-September 2024). The non-performing loans ratio was 2.0% at end December 2024, -0.1 percentage point compared to end September 2024. As a result, net income Group share increased by +13.1% compared with the fourth quarter of 2024 (+16.3% excluding the Home Purchase Saving Plan base effect⁸²).

For the year 2024, LCL revenues were up +0.6% compared to 2023, totalling €3,872 million (+2.6% excluding the Home Purchase Saving Plan base effect⁸³). The net interest margin was down -1.6% (+1.3% excluding the Home Purchase Saving Plan base effect⁸³), benefiting from gradual loan repricing, making it possible to offset the increased cost of resources. Fee and commission income was up +2.7% compared to 2024 (+3.9% excluding the Cheque Image base effect⁸⁴ in 2023), particularly on life insurance segments supported by the increase in assets in a positive market context, on non-life insurance linked to property and casualty insurance, and on payment instruments and account management. Costs excluding SRF were up +2.2% due to continued investments linked to IT and external expenditure (marketing, communication). The cost/income ratio excluding SRF stood at 63.2% (+1.0 percentage point compared with 2023). Gross operating income grew by +1.0% year on year. Cost of risk increased by +24.0%, impacted by the rise in proven risk on the corporate market, including corporate-specific files and on the retail market (small businesses and consumer finance). All in all, the business line’s contribution to net income Group share stood at €790 million, down -5.4% (+1.8% excluding the Home Purchase Saving Plan base effect and Cheque Image fine reversal)

In all, the business line contributed 10% to the underlying net income Group share of Crédit Agricole S.A.’s core businesses (excluding the Corporate Centre division) in 2024 and 14% to underlying revenues excluding the Corporate Centre.

At 31 December 2024, the equity allocated to the business line stood at €5.4 billion and risk-weighted assets amounted to €56.8 billion. LCL’s underlying return on normalised equity (RoNE) stood at 13.7% in 2024.

International Retail Banking results⁸⁵

In the fourth quarter of 2024, revenues for International Retail Banking totalled
€969 million, stable (-0.5% at current exchange rates, +2.8% at constant exchange rates) compared with the fourth quarter of 2023. Operating expenses were under control at €568 million, down -9.5% (-8.3% at constant exchange rates). Gross operating income consequently totalled €401 million, up +15.7% (+24.6% at constant exchange rates) for the period. Cost of risk amounted to -€100 million, down -2.5% compared with the fourth quarter of 2023 (-0.5% at constant exchange rates).

All in all, net income Group share for CA Italia, CA Egypt, CA Poland and CA Ukraine amounted to €158 million in the fourth quarter of 2024, up +54% (+68.6% at constant exchange rates).

For full-year 2024, International Retail Banking revenues rose by +2.8% to €4,059 million (+1.0% at constant exchange rates). Expenses excluding SRF were under control at -€2,148 million, an increase of +1.4% on 2023. Gross operating income totalled €1,911 million, up +6.7% (+5.3% at constant exchange rates). The cost of risk fell by -32.5% (-21.2% at constant exchange rates) -€313 million compared to 2023. All in all, net income Group share of International Retail Banking was €836 million, compared with €703 million in 2023.

In full-year 2024 the International Retail Banking business line contributed 11% to the underlying net income Group share of Crédit Agricole S.A’s core businesses. (excluding the Corporate Centre) and 15% to underlying revenues excluding the Corporate Centre.

As at 31 December 2024, the capital allocated to International Retail Banking was €4.5 billion and risk-weighted assets totalled €46.9 billion.

Results in Italy

In fourth quarter 2024, Crédit Agricole Italia’s revenues stood at €733 million, up +2.7% from fourth quarter 2023. The net interest margin was relatively stable from fourth quarter 2023 (-0.2% compared to fourth quarter 2023) and fee and commission income (-0.1%) benefited from the strong momentum of fee and commission income on assets under management (+18.8% compared to fourth quarter 2023). Operating expenses, excluding DGS, were stable at +0.8% compared to the fourth quarter of 2023.

Cost of risk amounted to -€76 million in the fourth quarter of 2024, down -21.2% from the fourth quarter of 2023, and corresponded almost entirely to provisions for proven risk. Cost of risk/outstandings⁸⁶ stood at 40 basis points, an improvement of four basis points compared with the third quarter of 2024. The Non Performing Loans ratio improved compared with the third quarter of 2024 to stand at 2.9%, while the coverage ratio was 75.1% (+1.5 percentage points compared with the third quarter of 2024). Net income Group share for CA Italia was €112 million, up +74.3% compared to the fourth quarter of 2023.

In full-year 2024, revenues for Crédit Agricole Italia rose by +1.3% to €3,056 million. Expenses excluding SRF and DGS (deposit guarantee fund in Italy) were under control at €1,602 million, up +0.1% compared with full-year 2023. Gross operating income stood at €1,396 million, a slight increase of +6.1% compared to 2023. The cost of risk amounted to -€246 million, down -25.5% compared to 2023. As a result, the net income Group share of CA Italia totalled €608 million, an increase of +12.7% compared to 2023.

CA Italy’s underlying RoNE (return on normalised equity) was 20,8% at 31 December 2024.

Results for Crédit Agricole Group in Italy⁸⁷

For full-year 2024, the underlying net income Group share of entities in Italy was €1,254 million, up 20% compared to 2023. This reflects the ongoing momentum of the various business lines, particularly Retail Banking, Asset Gathering, and Large Customers. The breakdown by business line is as follows: Retail Banking 49%; Specialised Financial Services 18%; Asset Gathering and Insurance 21%; and Large Customers 12%. Lastly, Italy’s contribution to the net income Group share of Crédit Agricole S.A. in full-year 2024 was 16%.

International Retail Banking results – excluding Italy

In the fourth quarter of 2024, revenues for International Retail Banking excluding Italy totalled €236 million, up -9.3% (+3.3% at constant exchange rates) compared to the fourth quarter of 2023. Revenues in Poland were up +2.5% on the fourth quarter of 2023 (+0.1% at constant exchange rates), boosted by a higher net interest margin. Revenues in Egypt fell (-21.5% compared with the fourth quarter of 2023) due to foreign exchange rate movements (depreciation of the Egyptian pound) but were particularly buoyant at constant exchange rates (+25%), benefiting from a sharp increase in the interest margin. Operating expenses for International Retail Banking excluding Italy amounted to €126 million, down -1.3% compared with the fourth quarter of 2023 (+5.1% at constant exchange rates). Gross operating income amounted to €110 million, a decrease of -17.1% (+1.9% at constant exchange rates) compared with the fourth quarter of 2023. The cost of risk was stable at -€24 million, versus -€6 million in fourth quarter 2023. Furthermore, at end December 2024, the coverage ratio for loan outstandings remained high in Poland and Egypt, at 124% and 151% respectively. In Ukraine, the local coverage ratio remains prudent (409%). All in all, the contribution of International Retail Banking excluding Italy to net income Group share was €46 million, up 20.2% compared with the fourth quarter of 2023 at current exchange rates (+56.4% at constant exchange rates).

In full-year 2024, revenues for International Retail Banking excluding Italy totalled €1,003 million, up +7.7% (+19.0% at constant exchange rates) compared to 2023, driven by the increase in the net interest margin. Revenues in Poland increased dynamically by +21% compared to 2023 (+15% at constant exchange rates) driven by net interest margin and commissions. Revenues in Egypt decreased slightly by -3% at current exchange rates compared to 2023, taking into account the evolution of exchange rates (in a context of devaluation of the EGP currency) but remain very well oriented at constant exchange rates (+43% compared to 2023), benefiting from a strong increase in the interest margin. Operating expenses amounted to -€488 million, up +6.9% compared with 2023 (+10.6% at constant exchange rates). The cost/income ratio at end-December 2024 was 48.6% (an improvement of 0.4 points on the cost/income ratio at end-December 2023). Thanks to strong growth in revenues, gross operating income came to €515 million, up 8.5% (+28.1% at constant exchange rates) from 2023. Cost of risk amounted to -€67 million, down -50.0% (-49.1% at constant exchange rates) compared to 2023. All in all, International Retail Banking excluding Italy contributed €228 million to net income Group share.

The underlying RoNE (return on normalised equity) of Other IRB (excluding CA Italy) stood at 29.5% at 31 December 2024.

At 31 December 2024, the entire Retail Banking business line contributed 21% to the underlying net income Group share of Crédit Agricole S.A.’s core businesses (excluding the Corporate Centre division) and 29% to underlying revenues excluding the Corporate Centre.

At 31 December 2024, the division’s equity amounted to €9.9 billion. Its risk-weighted assets totalled €103.7 billion.

Corporate Centre results

The net income Group share of the Corporate Centre was +€18 million in the fourth quarter of 2024, up +€236 million compared with the fourth quarter of 2023. The positive contribution of the Corporate Centre division can be analysed by distinguishing between the “structural” contribution (-€26 million) and other items (+€44 million).
The contribution of the “structural” component (-€26 million) was up by +€193 million compared with the fourth quarter of 2023 and can be broken down into three types of activity:

The activities and functions of the Corporate Centre of the Crédit Agricole S.A. Parent Company. This contribution amounted to -€354 million in the fourth quarter of 2024, down -€116 million, mainly due to a negative corporate income tax catch-up effect of -€91 million.
The business lines that are not part of the core businesses, such as CACIF (private equity), CA Immobilier, CATE and BforBank (equity-accounted). They contributed +€315 million in the fourth quarter 2024, up +€297 million from the fourth quarter of 2023. This was due to the negative impact of the revaluation of Banco BPM shares for +234 million in revenues (+€271m in the fourth quarter of 2024 compared to +€37m in the fourth quarter of 2023), as well as an interim dividend of +€60 in revenues.
Group support functions. Their contribution amounted to +€12 million this quarter (+€12 million compared with the fourth quarter of 2023).

The contribution of “other items” was up +€43 million compared with the fourth quarter of 2023.
The “internal margins” effect at the time of the consolidation of the insurance activity at the Crédit Agricole level was accounted for through the Corporate Centre. Over the quarter, the impact of internal margins was -€198 million in revenues and +€198 million in expenses.

Over 2024, the underlying net income Group share of the Corporate Centre division was -€488 million, up +€105 million compared with 2023. The structural component contributed -€539 million, and other items of the division recorded a positive contribution of +€51 million over the year.
The “structural” component contribution was up €160 million compared with 2023 and can be broken down into three types of activities:

The activities and functions of the Corporate Centre of the Crédit Agricole S.A. Parent Company. This contribution amounted to -€1,120 million in 2024, down -€202 million compared to 2023, including a base effect of -€171 million related the reversal of the provision for Home Purchase Saving Plans recognised in the third quarter of 2023 as well as -€42 million relating to the reversal of the Cheque Image Exchange fine in the second quarter of 2023;
Business lines not attached to the core businesses, such as CACIF (private equity) and CA Immobilier and BforBank: their contribution, which stood at +€549 million in 2024, was up +€343 on 2023. This increase was primarily due to the end of the SRF building-up period (+€77 million) and the impact of the valuation and dividend of Banco BPM shares for +€387 million;
The Group’s support functions: their contribution for 2024 was +€32 million, up +€19 million compared to 2023.

The contribution of “other items” was down -€55 million compared to 2023.
The “internal margins” effect at the time of the consolidation of the insurance activity at the Crédit Agricole level was accounted for through the Corporate Centre. Over the year, the impact of internal margins was -€832 million in revenues and +€832 million in expenses.

At 31 December 2024, risk-weighted assets stood at €30.0 billion.

Financial strength

Crédit Agricole Group

At 31 December 2024, the phased-in Common Equity Tier 1 (CET1) ratio of Crédit Agricole Group was 17.2%, a decrease of -0.2 percentage point compared to end-September 2024. Therefore, the Crédit Agricole Group posted a substantial buffer of 7.4 percentage points between the level of its CET1 ratio and the 9.8% SREP requirement. The fully loaded CET1 ratio was 17.1%.
During the fourth quarter 2024:

The CET1 ratio benefited from an impact of +25 basis points related to retained earnings.
Changes in risk weighted assets related to business line organic growth impacted the Group’s CET1 ratio by -28 basis points (see below), mainly due to a rating effect of -15 basis points.
Methodology, M&A and other effects had a negative impact of -14 basis points and included, in particular, the -12 basis point Basel 4 impact relating to the consolidation of leasing activities.

The phased-in Tier 1 ratio stood at 18.3%, while the phased-in total ratio was 20.9% at end-December 2024.
The phased-in leverage ratio stood at 5.5%, remaining stable compared with end-September 2024, well above the regulatory requirement of 3.5%.
Risk-weighted assets for the Crédit Agricole Group amounted to €653 billion, up +€17.5 billion compared with 30 September 2024. The change can be broken down by business line as follows: Retail Banking +6.9 billion (including +4.1 billion in negative rating effects on LCL and the Regional Banks, Asset Gathering -1.3 billion, Specialised Financial Services +4.3 billion, Large Customers +7.3 billion (impacted by foreign exchange and negative rating effects) and Corporate Centre +0.3 billion.

Maximum Distributable Amount (MDA and L-MDA) trigger thresholds

The transposition of Basel regulations into European law (CRD) introduced a restriction mechanism for distribution that applies to dividends, AT1 instruments and variable compensation. The Maximum Distributable Amount (MDA, the maximum sum a bank is allowed to allocate to distributions) principle aims to place limitations on distributions in the event the latter were to result in non-compliance with combined capital buffer requirements.

The distance to the MDA trigger is the lowest of the respective distances to the SREP requirements in CET1 capital, Tier 1 capital and total equity.

At 31 December 2024, Crédit Agricole Group posted a buffer of 666 basis points above the MDA trigger, i.e. €44 billion in CET1 capital.

Failure to comply with the leverage ratio buffer requirement would result in a restriction of distributions and the calculation of a maximum distributable amount (L-MDA).

At 31 December 2024, Crédit Agricole Group posted a buffer of 197 basis points above the L-MDA trigger, i.e. €43 billion in Tier 1 capital. At the Crédit Agricole Group level, it is the distance to the L-MDA trigger that determines the distance to distribution restriction.

At 31 December 2024, Crédit Agricole S.A. posted a buffer of 296 basis points above the MDA trigger, i.e. 12 billion in CET1 capital. Crédit Agricole S.A. is not subject to the L-MDA requirement.

TLAC

Crédit Agricole Group must comply with the following TLAC ratio requirements at all times:

a TLAC ratio above 18% of risk-weighted assets (RWA), plus – in accordance with EU directive CRD 5 – a combined capital buffer requirement (including, for Crédit Agricole Group, a 2.5% capital conservation buffer, a 1% G-SIB buffer, the counter-cyclical buffer set at 0.77% and the 0.05% systemic risk buffer for CA Group at 31 December 2024). Considering the combined capital buffer requirement, Crédit Agricole Group must adhere to a TLAC ratio of above 22.3%;
a TLAC ratio of above 6.75% of the Leverage Ratio Exposure (LRE).

The Crédit Agricole Group’s 2025 target is to maintain a TLAC ratio greater than or equal to 26% of RWA excluding eligible senior preferred debt.

At 31 December 2024, Crédit Agricole Group’s TLAC ratio stood at 26.9% of RWA and 8.0% of leverage ratio exposure, excluding eligible senior preferred debt⁸⁸, which is well above the requirements. The TLAC ratio, expressed as a percentage of risk-weighted assets, decreased by 40 basis points over the quarter, due to risk-weighted assets increasing more rapidly than equity and eligible items over the period. Expressed as a percentage of leverage exposure (LRE), the TLAC ratio was down 20 basis points compared with September 2024.

The Group thus has a TLAC ratio excluding eligible senior preferred debt that is 460 basis points higher, i.e. €30 billion, than the current requirement of 22.3% of RWA.

At end-December 2024, €10.4 billion equivalent had been issued in the market (senior non-preferred and Tier 2 debt) as well as €2.5 billion of AT1. The amount of Crédit Agricole Group senior non-preferred securities taken into account in the calculation of the TLAC ratio was €34.5 billion.

MREL

The required minimum levels are set by decisions of resolution authorities and then communicated to each institution, then revised periodically. At 31 December 2024, Crédit Agricole Group has to meet a minimum total MREL requirement of:

22.01% of RWA, plus – in accordance with EU directive CRD 5 – a combined capital buffer requirement (including, for Crédit Agricole Group, a 2.5% capital conservation buffer, a 1% G-SIB buffer, the counter-cyclical buffer set at 0.77% and the 0.05% systemic risk buffer for CA Group at 31 December 2024). Considering the combined capital buffer requirement, the Crédit Agricole Group has to meet to a total MREL ratio of above 26.3%;
6.25% of the LRE.

At 31 December 2024, the Crédit Agricole Group had a total MREL ratio of 32.4% of RWA and 9.7% of leverage exposure, well above the requirement.

An additional subordination requirement (“subordinated MREL”) is also determined by the resolution authorities and expressed as a percentage of RWA and LRE. At 31 December 2024, this subordinated MREL requirement for the Crédit Agricole Group was:

18.25% of RWA, plus a combined capital buffer requirement. Considering the combined capital buffer requirement, the Crédit Agricole Group has to meet to a subordinated MREL ratio of above 22.6%;
6.25% of leverage exposure.

At 31 December 2024, Crédit Agricole Group had a subordinated MREL ratio of 26.9% of RWA and 8.0% of leverage exposure, well above the requirement.

The distance to the maximum distributable amount trigger related to MREL requirements (M-MDA) is the lowest of the respective distances to the MREL, subordinated MREL and TLAC requirements expressed in RWA.

At 31 December 2024, Crédit Agricole Group had a buffer of 430 basis points above the M-MDA trigger, i.e. €28 billion in CET1 capital; the distance to the M-MDA trigger corresponds to the distance between the subordinated MREL ratio and the corresponding requirement.

Crédit Agricole S.A.

At 31 December 2024, Crédit Agricole S.A.’s solvency ratio was higher than the Medium-Term Plan target, with a phased-in Common Equity Tier 1 (CET1) ratio of 11.7%, stable compared to end-September 2024. Crédit Agricole S.A. therefore had a comfortable buffer of 3.0 percentage points between the level of its CET1 ratio and the 8.6% SREP requirement. The fully loaded CET1 ratio was 11.6%.
During the fourth quarter 2024:

The CET1 ratio benefited this quarter from a positive impact of +19 basis points linked to retained earnings. This impact corresponds to net income Group share net of AT1 coupons (impact of +38 basis points) and of the distribution of 50% of earnings, i.e. a provision for dividends of 27 euro cents per share in third quarter 2024 (-20 basis points).
Changes in risk-weighted assets related to business line organic growth impacted the CET1 ratio by -12 basis points, of which a rating effect of -10 basis points in Corporate and Investment Banking and French Retail Banking.
- Methodology, M&A and other effects had a negative impact of -13 basis points and included, in particular, the -12 basis point Basel 4 impact relating to the consolidation of leasing activities.
The phased-in leverage ratio was 3.9% at end-December 2024, up +0.1 percentage point compared to end-September 2024 and above the 3% requirement.

The phased-in Tier 1 ratio stood at 13.4% and the phased-in total ratio at 17.4% this quarter.
Risk weighted assets for Crédit Agricole S.A. amounted to 415 billion at end of December 2024, up by +€12.9 billion compared to 30 September 2024. The change can be broken down by core business line as follows:

The Retail Banking divisions showed an increase of +€2.1 billion, particularly in France, with a rating effect at LCL of +€1.9 billion.
Asset Gathering posted a decrease of -€1.2 billion essentially for Insurance due to the impact of the interim dividend.
Specialised Financial Services increased by +€4.3 billion, due to the Basel 4 impact of consolidation of leasing activities
Large Customers recorded an increase in risk-weighted assets of +€7.4 billion over the quarter, mainly as a result of the growth of the Corporate and Investment Banking business lines, and negative foreign exchange effects (+€2.7 billion) and ratings (+€1.5 billion).
The Corporate Centre divisions posted an increase in risk-weighted assets of +€0.4 billion.

Liquidity and Funding

Liquidity is measured at Crédit Agricole Group level.

Preliminary presentation information:

At 31 December 2024, changes have been made to the liquidity balance sheet:

In assets, the section “Cash and Central Bank deposits (including mandatory reserves)”, eligible to LCR, was reduced to “Central Bank deposits (without Cash and mandatory reserves)”, for consistency with the presentation of Liquidity reserves, which exclude Cash and mandatory reserves. The latter have been reclassified under stable application of funds for the surplus of stable funding resources over stable application of funds, in the section “Net working capital” (see Infra). This methodological change had a negative impact on the indicator of €16 billion;
In assets, the sections “Interbank assets” and “Reverse repos (net) and other ST” in the banking book have been merged into a single section called “Treasury assets”;
In liabilities, the “Customer-related funds” section now only contains customer deposits eligible for the Stable Resources Position indicator⁸⁹, and bonds issued by Group entities through its retail networks as well as national or supranational borrowings are now listed in the “LT debt” section (formerly called “MLT market funds”);
The sections “Tangible and intangible assets” previously in assets and “Equity and similar” previously in liabilities are netted in a single section called “Net working capital” in liabilities. The later now also includes the difference between accrued liabilities and accrued interests, which were historically included in the section “Reverse repos and other ST”. This reclassification had a positive impact on the surplus of stable funding resources over stable application of funds of €3 billion.

In addition, the following changes have been made to the breakdown of long-term debt (considered within the meaning of banking activities) from the 31 December 2024:

Senior Preferred bonds issued by Group entities through its retail networks are classified within other debt with the same ranking issued on the market;
National or supranational borrowings are classified as senior secured debt.

Comments on the liquidity position:

Diversified and granular customer deposits has increased by +2% over the quarter (€1,152 billion at 31 December 2024). The stabilisation of the breakdown in deposits continues this quarter in France.

The Group’s liquidity reserves, at market value and after haircuts⁹⁰, amounted to €473 billion at 31 December 2024, up +€7 billion compared to 30 September 2024.

Liquidity reserves (without Cash and Central Bank deposits) covered more than twice the short term debt net of treasury assets.

This increase in liquidity reserves is notably explained by:

The increase in the securities portfolio (HQLA and non-HQLA) for +€24 billion, due to the subscription of additional securities (instead of Central Banks deposits, Cf. Infra) and to the change in haircuts to better reflect the economic reality of central bank value;
The decrease of collateral already pledged to Central Banks and unencumbered for -€12 billion since additional private non-financial corporate claims (ACC Corpo) are no longer eligible to ECB funding from Q4.

Crédit Agricole Group also continued its efforts to maintain immediately available reserves (after recourse to ECB financing). Central bank eligible non-HQLA assets after haircuts amounted to €139 billion.

Standing at €1,685 billion at 31 December 2024, the Group’s liquidity balance sheet shows a surplus of stable funding resources over stable application of funds of €177 billion, down -€12 billion compared with end-September 2024. This surplus remains well above the Medium-Term Plan target of €110bn-€130bn.

Long term debt was €305 billion at 31 December 2024, up from pro-forma end-September 2024.

This included:

Senior secured debt of €84 billion;
Senior preferred debt of €159 billion, up +€10 billion, of which €7.5 billion due to the consolidation of CAPFM’s car lease subsidiaries in compliance with CRR3 regulation;
Senior non-preferred debt of €37 billion;
And Tier 2 securities of €25 billion.

Credit institutions are subject to a threshold for the LCR ratio, set at 100% on 1 January 2018.

At 31 December 2024, the end of month LCR ratios were 127% for Crédit Agricole Group (representing a surplus of €66 billion) and 131% for Crédit Agricole S.A. (representing a surplus of €64 billion). They were higher than the Medium-Term Plan target (around 110%). The LCR ratio was lower in December given higher one-month net outflows weighing on the denominator of the ratio.

In addition, the NSFR of Crédit Agricole Group and Crédit Agricole S.A. exceeded 100%, in accordance with the regulatory requirement applicable since 28 June 2021 and above the Medium-Term Plan target (>100%).

The Group continues to follow a prudent policy as regards medium-to-long-term refinancing, with a very diversified access to markets in terms of investor base and products.

At 31 December 2024, the Group’s main issuers raised the equivalent of €32.7 billion⁹¹in medium-to-long-term debt on the market, 81% of which was issued by Crédit Agricole S.A.

In particular, the following amounts are noted for the Group excluding Crédit Agricole S.A.:

Crédit Agricole Assurances issued €750 million in Tier 2 10-year bullet subordinated and made a tender offer on two subordinated perpetual issuances (FR0012444750 & FR0012222297) for €788.5 million in September;
Crédit Agricole Personal Finance & Mobility issued:
- €2 billion equivalent in EMTN issuances and €0.9 billion in securitisations through Crédit Agricole Auto Bank (CAAB);
- €0.7 billion in securitisations through Agos;
Crédit Agricole Italia issued two senior secured debt issuances for a total of €1.5 billion, of which €500 million in Green Bond format;
Crédit Agricole next bank (Switzerland) issued three tranches in senior secured format for a total of 300 million Swiss francs, of which 100 million Swiss francs in Green Bond format

At 31 December 2024, Crédit Agricole S.A. raised the equivalent of €24.1 billion through the market⁹²^,⁹³.

The bank raised the equivalent of €24.1 billion, of which €7.3 billion in senior non-preferred debt and €3.1 billion in Tier 2 debt, as well as €7.2 billion in senior preferred debt and €6.5 billion in senior secured debt at end-December. The financing comprised a variety of formats and currencies, including:

€6.3 billion⁹⁴^,⁹⁵;
6.35 billion⁹⁶ US dollars (€5.8 billion equivalent);
1.1 billion pounds sterling (€1.3 billion equivalent);
230 billion Japanese yen (€1.4 billion equivalent);
0.8 billion Swiss francs (€0.8 billion equivalent);
1.75 billion Australian dollars (€1.1 billion equivalent);
7 billion renminbi (€0.9 billion equivalent).

At end-December, Crédit Agricole S.A. had issued 64%⁹⁷^,⁹⁸ of its funding plan in currencies other than the euro.

In addition, on 2 January 2024, Crédit Agricole S.A. issued a PerpNC6 AT1 bond for €1.25 billion at an initial rate of 6.5% and, on 24 September 2024, a PerpNC10 AT1 bond for $1.25 billion at an initial rate of 6.7%.

The 2025 MLT market funding programme was set at €20 billion, with equilibrium between senior preferred or senior secured debt and senior non-preferred or Tier 2 debt.

The programme was 30% completed at 31 January 2025, with:

€0.5 billion in senior secured debt;
€0.3 billion equivalent in senior preferred debt;
€4.6 billion equivalent in senior non-preferred debt;
€0.7 billion equivalent in Tier 2 debt.

Economic and financial environment

2024 retrospective

Continuing trend of disinflation and monetary easing

The global context remained contentious and eruptive, marked by significant geopolitical tensions and ongoing open conflicts such as the wars in Ukraine and the Middle East, which began in February 2022 and October 2023, respectively. On their emergence, these conflicts had caused tensions for upstream prices, particularly for grain, gas and maritime transport. These sharp price increases combined with sources of inflation arising from the post-Covid recovery: pressure on demand (recovering strongly) and supply (tight), problems or disruptions in supply, slow return of the participation rate on the labour market to its pre-pandemic level (labour shortage, wage pressures).
This combination of shocks resulted in a sudden upturn in global inflation, which peaked at 10.3% in October 2022 (an annual average of 8.7% in 2022 after 3.8% in 2021). This high inflation and the need to anchor inflation expectations quickly, to avoid price-wage spirals and persisting very high levels of inflation, resulted in sharp monetary tightening. The Federal Reserve and the ECB also began, in March and July 2022, respectively, a powerful rate hike cycle (increases of 525 and 450 base points (bp), respectively, in around 15 months). Thanks to the resorption of shocks upstream, the normalisation of the labour markets and the effects of monetary tightening, disinflation occurred from 2023 (average global inflation at 6.9%); global growth held up well overall.
2024 was marked by widespread continued disinflation (average global inflation at 5%, 4.5% year-on-year in December), despite the resilience of services prices being almost as widespread. After having kept their policy rates at high levels for some time, the major central banks started to make cuts in the summer. While the ECB reduced its deposit rate by 150 bp (to 3% for a refinancing rate of 3.15% in December 2024), the Fed reduced the federal funds target rate by 100 bp (upper bound at 4.50% in December 2024). Widely anticipated, this monetary easing provided support to still robust global growth (recession was avoided despite the high inflation followed by much stricter financial conditions) but for which the overall resilience still masks very mixed performances.
Overall resilient growth masking mixed performances

In the US, the economy once again demonstrated its robustness in 2024, with growth that continued to exceed expectations, coming in at an annual average of 2.8% (after 2.9% in 2023). Despite some pockets of weakness (households with low incomes, negative net equity, small businesses, vulnerable workers more exposed to high interest rates), the monetary and financial tightening did not have a widespread depressive effect thanks to an overall strengthening of balance sheets (corporate and household) after the financial crisis. While the employment market showed signs of a slowdown, this was more of a normalisation following a period of overheating rather than a deep deterioration. The unemployment rate rose only slightly, (4.1% at end-December 2024 vs 3.8% one year earlier). Lastly, confirming that the last mile of disinflation is the hardest, year-on-year inflation climbed very slowly from September to reach 2.9% in December.
In China, the property market has not yet stabilised and support measures (lowering mortgage rates, lowering reserve requirement rates to free up liquidity, creating support funds to buy back certain vacant properties or properties under construction) have not generated the confidence boost expected. Households have preferred to maintain their precautionary savings, to the detriment of consumption, and weak domestic demand has continued to feed strong deflationary pressure. Thanks to better-than-expected growth in the last quarter (5.4% year-on-year), average annual growth reached the government target of “around 5%”. However, inflation (0.2% in 2024) remained far below the Central Bank’s 3% target.
In France, growth came in at 1.1% in 2024, as in 2023. However, inflation dropped sharply, with an annual average of 2%, after 4.9% in 2023. This disinflation led to increased purchasing power for households, although this did not translate into a sharp rise in consumption. The savings rate for households therefore increased to 18%, as an annual average, compared to below 17% in 2023 and 14% before the health crisis (2015-2019). Employment proved very resilient in 2024 and the unemployment rate showed only a slight increase (7.4%). As the previous tightening of financial terms continued to weigh heavily on private investment, domestic demand decelerated and growth was driven by foreign trade and the public sector. While public consumer spending drove growth, on the other side of the coin, the public deficit significantly increased and should reach around 6.2% of GDP (after 5.5% in 2023).

In Italy, the slowdown in activity continued in 2024, with growth limited to 0.5%. The disinflation process that began at the end of 2023 continued (average annual inflation of 1.1%) but was not enough to significantly boost the economy. A buoyant employment market (with an unemployment rate of 6.7%, down one point on 2023), low inflation and slight wage increases enabled an upturn in purchasing power after two years of decline. Despite this support, growth in household consumption remained moderate and the savings rate stabilised after its drop in 2023. Investment growth stagnated, driven solely by projects linked to the stimulus package, while productive investment declined sharply, particularly in the third quarter. Continued restrictive financing terms and insufficient demand, both domestically and internationally, have hampered supply, particularly in industry, which saw a marked drop. The construction sector, supported in the first six months by the delayed effect of the Super Bonus, then slowed.

Financial markets

Disinflation did not drive inflation rates to the targets set by the major central banks, but within their “comfort zones” and enabled them, during the summer, to ease their monetary policy. However, firstly, the “last mile” of disinflation has proved harder than the markets had anticipated and, secondly, the US election revived hopes of stronger growth but fears of higher inflation in the US. Consequently, investors have had to temper their hopes for monetary easing and bond rate cuts, particularly in the US.

On the other side of the Atlantic, while two-year US Treasury yields fell back very slightly during the year (around 4.25% in December 2024), longer-term rates (US 10-year Treasuries) picked up by almost 65 bp (to almost 4.60%). In the eurozone, with a fairly depressed growth outlook and modest inflation, 2-year and 10-year swap rates fell by around 65 bp and 15 bp, respectively, over the year (to 2.20% and 2.35%). The trend in sovereign spreads reflected the relative economic, as well as political, performance of the economies. Whilst difficulties piled up in Germany, the European periphery enjoyed political stability and/or better economic growth. While the Bund rate (German 10-year rate) gained 30 bp over the year (to 2.35%, i.e. the 10-year swap rate level, having been nearly 50 bp below this level at the end of December 2023), peripheral spreads tightened. In France, political instability and concerns about the trajectory of French debt prompted the spread to widen. At the end of 2024, the Spanish, Italian and French 10-year yield spreads against the Bund were around 120, 70 and 80 bp, respectively, (i.e. variations of -25 bp, -50 bp and +30 bp over the year). France’s spread is now higher than Spain’s.

In 2024, US economic performance far outstripped that of other major regions, notably Europe. Whilst US equity markets were again buoyed by the performance of the “Magnificent Seven” and the expected benefits of the US election, Europe suffered for a variety of reasons (depressed manufacturing sector, high energy costs, excessive regulation, Chinese competition, technology gap, political concerns in France and Germany etc.). Between the start and end of 2024, the S&P index rose by 24%, the Eurostoxx 50 was up 8% and the CAC was down 2%. Lastly, although stable on average over the year (at US$1.08), the euro fell against the dollar by 5.5% between January and December 2024.

2025 Outlook

A highly conditional scenario

More than ever, the outlook is dependent on the future course of US geopolitics and economic policy. The assumptions made about the scale and timing of the measures to be taken by the new administration suggest that, in the US, the economy is likely to remain resilient, but also that inflation will pick up, monetary easing will be modest and long-term interest rates will come under upwards pressure. Moreover, these measures are only one explanation for the eurozone’s expected sluggish recovery, below potential.
Outlining the US (and, by extension, global) scenario obviously involves making assumptions about both the scale of the measures likely to be implemented and their timing, depending on whether they fall under the purview of the President or require the approval of Congress. As far as tariffs are concerned, the US President’s threats seem to be tantamount to extreme pressure tactics. They call for an intermediate scenario consisting of substantial increases, but not as high as campaign proposals. Trade tariffs would likely rise to an average of 40% for China, from the second quarter of 2025, and to an average of 6% for the rest of the world, phased in over the second half of 2025. An aggressive fiscal policy, favouring tax cuts and maintaining extremely high deficits, would be implemented later. Its effects could be seen from 2026 onwards. In terms of immigration, restrictions could be applied from the start of the presidential term. They would be followed by a very sharp slowdown in immigration flows and, while deportations are to be expected, they would be selective as opposed to a massive and indiscriminate deportation of millions of people. Lastly, deregulation, from which the energy and finance sectors are likely to benefit the most, would have rather positive effects throughout the presidential term of office.

In the US, these policy guidelines should, on the whole, favour growth. If the expected positive effect of an aggressive fiscal policy and deregulation exceeds the negative impact of tariffs and immigration restrictions, growth will follow. Given the resilience of the US economy, whose growth is still expected to outperform forecasts to settle at around 2.8% in 2024, this suggests that growth will remain strong, albeit slightly weaker. Due to a number of vulnerabilities (low-income households and small businesses are more exposed to high interest rates), our scenario assumes a slowdown to 1.9% in 2025, before a recovery to 2.2% in 2026, a trend that is likely to be accompanied by an upturn in inflation. The end of the disinflationary path to the 2% target is, in fact, the most arduous, and tariffs could result in price pressure ranging between 25 to 30 basis points. Headline inflation could therefore fall back to around 2% next spring, before rising to around 2.5% by the end of 2025 and then remain stable in 2026. The potential for monetary policy easing will be very limited.

In the eurozone, growth is likely to be sluggish, with the economy still not meeting its growth potential and below the pace enjoyed by the US. Although the upturn in household consumption points to slightly stronger growth, the latest data regarding investment does not augur well for a marked acceleration. Falling inflation boosts purchasing power, as well as a rebuilding of real wealth, implying less saving, and lower interest rates help to restore property purchasing power. The ingredients are there for a continued recovery in household spending, albeit only at a very moderate pace, however, as fiscal consolidation and global uncertainty are likely to encourage a continued high savings rate. Our scenario therefore assumes a modest acceleration in consumption to 1.1% in 2025 and 1.2% in 2026, after 0.7% in 2024. After a sharp fall in 2024, investment in 2025 is likely to continue to be penalised by the delay in passing on the interest rate cuts and, above all, by weak domestic demand and growing uncertainty about foreign demand. Investment is expected to grow by just 1.5%, before firming slightly in 2026 (2%). The Trump administration’s policies are likely to have a moderately negative impact on growth in the eurozone, in the short term primarily due to uncertainty. Les politiques de l’administration Trump auraient un impact modérément négatif sur la croissance de la zone euro, dont le canal le plus important à court terme serait l’incertitude. In addition, the monetary and fiscal policy mix remains unfavourable to growth, with the central bank policy rate returning to neutral by mid-2025, while the reduction in the ECB’s balance sheet continues to reflect a restrictive stance. Our forecasts therefore place growth on a relatively soft acceleration trend, rising from 0.7% in 2024 to 1% in 2025, then 1.2% in 2026: growth potential would be attained, but the output gap, which is slightly negative, would not yet be closed, as the growth gap with the US economy would widen.
In France, in 2025, assuming that a 2025 finance act is adopted at the beginning of the year (probably at the end of the first quarter) and that the recovery in public finances is weaker than forecast by the former Barnier government’s draft bill, growth would fall to 0.8%. Economic activity would be curbed, especially at the start of the year, by the uncertainty surrounding national politics and international trade policies. Households and businesses are likely to adopt a more wait-and-see attitude to consumption, investment and hiring. Household consumption is nevertheless set to rise as a result of the ongoing disinflation process, with inflation easing to 2.1% on an annual average basis (CPI), but only slightly. The household savings rate is not expected to fall until the second half of the year and will remain very high, while the unemployment rate is set to rise moderately. Private investment, meanwhile, is expected to remain stable, with an upturn postponed until 2026. Foreign trade is no longer expected to contribute to growth, as imports and exports are expected to grow at more or less the same rate. A slight re-stocking phenomenon is set to support growth, but budgetary efforts are likely to weaken. The public deficit is, however, only expected to fall slightly, to 6% of GDP. In Italy, a slight improvement is expected in 2025, with GDP growth forecast at 0.6%. Although a weakening labour market and slightly higher inflation are expected, consumption should become the main driver of the economy. Productive investment could benefit from a more favourable monetary environment. The construction sector will continue to be weakened by the after-effects of the boom of previous years, despite partial support from projects under the stimulus package.

Regarding emerging countries, were it not for the difficulties associated with “Trump 2.0”, the situation would be improving, with lower US central bank policy rates conducive to global monetary easing, easing of downwards pressure on emerging currencies and, more generally, on external financing for emerging countries, with domestic growth buoyed by falling inflation and interest rate cuts and exports to developed countries (primarily the US) still buoyant. However, the effects of these supporting factors are at risk of being undermined by the probable repercussions of the measures taken by the new US administration. In addition to trade tariffs that are likely to make emerging country exports more expensive and more limited, there will be less monetary accommodation in the US and a probable reduction in US military and financial support for Ukraine, fuelling geopolitical uncertainty in Europe. It will therefore be preferable to be a large country with a low level of openness, such as India, Indonesia or Brazil, a commodity-exporting country or an economy that is well integrated with China, which is preparing for the Trump storm.

In China, the last Politburo meeting concluded in December with a commitment by the authorities to implement a “more proactive” fiscal policy and a “sufficiently accommodating” monetary policy, in order to boost domestic demand and stabilise the property and equity markets. A period of trade tensions is looming and, apart from restrictions on exports of critical products (including rare earths), the means of retaliation are limited. It is difficult to respond by boosting the competitiveness of exports (the yuan is already historically low) or by reciprocally raising tariffs, which would risk penalising already very fragile domestic consumption. The authorities’ plans to provide more vocal support for domestic demand are commendable, but the effectiveness of this strategy will depend on household confidence. The upturn cannot be ordered by decree, and our scenario continues to predict a slowdown in growth in 2025.

The market’s hopes of a sharp monetary easing have been refuted and are absolutely no longer on the agenda, especially in the US.

In an economy that is expected to remain robust, with inflation holding above 2% and which could pick up again, the easing would be modest. After a total reduction of 100 basis points in 2024 (bp), the Fed could ease by a further 50 bp in total, taking the Fed funds rate (upper limit of the target range) to 4.00% in the first half of 2025, before pausing for a prolonged period. With inflation on target and no recession in sight, the ECB is likely to continue moderate easing via its central bank policy rates, while extending its quantitative tightening. After its four 25 bp cuts in 2024, the ECB is expected to cut rates by 25 bp at its meetings in January, March and April, then maintain its deposit rate at 2.25%, i.e. very slightly below the neutral rate estimate (2.50%).
Everything points to a scenario of rising long-term interest rates. In the US, given the economic scenario (limited slowdown in growth and moderation in inflation concentrated at the beginning of the period) and modest monetary easing followed by an earlier pause, interest rates could fall slightly in the first half of 2025 before picking up. The new forecasts look to a ten-year Treasury rate nearing 4.50% at the end of 2025, then rising to around 5.00% at the end of 2026.

In the eurozone, a number of factors lead to a scenario of rising sovereign interest rates: excessive monetary easing expectations by the markets, the correction of which could lead to a rise in swap rates, an increase in the volume of government securities linked to the ECB’s balance sheet reduction (Quantitative Tightening) as well as still-high net national issuance and the extension of the rise in US bond yields to their European equivalents. Whilst the German economy (where early elections will be held in February) continues to suffer, and the political situation in France is not any clearer, “peripheral” countries have seen their sound economic results (notably Spain) and their political stability (this applies to Italy and Spain) rewarded by a significant tightening of their spreads against the German 10-year rate in 2024. They should benefit from the same supportive factors in 2025. Our scenario therefore assumes German, French and Italian ten-year interest rates of 2.55%, 3.15% and 3.55%, respectively, at the end of 2025.

Lastly, on the dollar front, a number of positive factors, including the increased attractiveness of the dollar in terms of yield, seem to have already been largely incorporated into its price. As a result, our scenario assumes that the greenback will remain close to its recent highs throughout 2025, without exceeding them for any long period.

Appendix 1 – Specific items, Crédit Agricole Group and Crédit Agricole S.A.

Crédit Agricole Group – Specific items

	Q4-24		Q4-23		2024		2023
€m	Gross impact*	Impact on Net income	Gross impact*	Impact on Net income	Gross impact*	Impact on Net income	Gross impact*	Impact on Net income

DVA (LC)	(26)	(19)	6	4	20	15	(15)	(11)
Loan portfolio hedges (LC)	2	1	2	1	8	6	(24)	(18)
Home Purchase Savings Plans (LCL)	–	–	6	5	1	1	58	43
Home Purchase Savings Plans (CC)	–	–	5	4	(0)	(0)	236	175
Home Purchase Savings Plans (RB)	–	–	74	55	63	47	192	142
Mobility activities reorganisation (SFS)	–	–	–	–	–	–	300	214
Check Image Exchange penalty (CC)	–	–	–	–	–	–	42	42
Check Image Exchange penalty (LCL)	–	–	–	–	–	–	21	21
Check Image Exchange penalty (RB)	–	–	–	–	–	–	42	42
_{Total impact on revenues}	₍₂₄₎	₍₁₈₎	₉₃	₆₉	₉₃	₆₉	₈₅₁	₆₅₀
_{Degroof Petercam integration costs (AG)}	₍₁₃₎	₍₁₀₎	_–	_–	₍₂₆₎	₍₁₉₎	_–	_–
_{ISB integration costs (LC)}	₍₂₇₎	₍₁₅₎	_–	_–	₍₉₇₎	₍₅₂₎	_–	_–
_{Mobility activities}_{reorganisation (}_SFS)	_–	_–	₄	₃	_–	_–	₍₁₄₎	₍₁₀₎
_{Total impact on operating expenses}	₍₃₉₎	₍₂₅₎	₄	₃	₍₁₂₃₎	₍₇₂₎	₍₁₄₎	₍₁₀₎
Mobility activities reorganisation (SFS)	–	–	–	–	–		(85)	(61)
Provision for risk Ukraine (IRB)	–	–	–	–	(20)	(20)	–	–
Total impact on cost of credit risk	–	–	–	–	(20)	(20)	(85)	(61)
Mobility activities reorganisation (SFS)	–	–	–	–	–	–	(39)	(39)
Total impact equity-accounted entities	–	–	–	–	–		(39)	(39)
ISB integration costs (LC)	(2)	–	–	–	(2)	–	–	–
Degroof Petercam acquisition costs (AG)	1	1	–	–	(22)	(16)	–	–
Mobility activities reorganisation (SFS)	–	–	–	–	–	–	89	57
Total impact Net income on other assets	(1)	1	–	–	(24)	(16)	89	57
Mobility activities reorganisation (SFS)	–	–	12	12	–	–	12	12
Total impact on change of value of goodwill	–	–	12	12	–	–	12	12
Mobility activities reorganisation (SFS)	–	–	–	3	–	–	–	3
Total impact on tax	–	–	–	3	–	–	–	3

Total impact of specific items	(64)	(42)	109	86	(74)	(39)	814	611
Asset gathering	(12)	(9)	–	–	(49)	(36)	–	–
French Retail banking	–	–	80	59	65	48	312	248
International Retail banking	–	–	–	–	(20)	(20)	–	–
Specialised financial services	–	–	16	17	–	–	263	176
Large customers	(52)	(33)	8	6	(70)	(31)	(39)	(29)
Corporate centre	–	–	5	4	(0)	(0)	277	216

* Impact before tax and before minority interests

Crédit Agricole S.A. – Specific items

Q4-24

Q4-23

2024

2023

€m

Gross
impact*

Impact on
Net income

Gross
impact*

Impact on
Net income

Gross
impact*

Impact on
Net income

Gross
impact*

Impact on
Net income

DVA (LC)

(26)

(19)

(15)

(11)

Loan portfolio hedges (LC)

(24)

(18)

Home Purchase Savings Plans (LCL)

–

Home Purchase Savings Plans (CC)

–

(2)

(1)

236

175

Mobility activities reorganisation (SFS)

–

300

214

Check Image Exchange penalty (CC)

–

Check Image Exchange penalty (LCL)

–

Total impact on revenues

₍₂₄₎

₍₁₇₎

₁₉

₁₄

₃₀

₂₁

₆₁₇

₄₆₄

_{Degroof Petercam integration costs (AG)}

₍₁₃₎

₍₉₎

_–

₍₂₆₎

₍₁₉₎

_–

_{ISB integration costs (LC)}

₍₂₇₎

₍₁₅₎

_–

₍₉₇₎

₍₅₂₎

_–

_{Mobility activities reorganisation (SFS)}

_–

₄

₃

_–

₍₁₄₎

₍₁₀₎

Total impact on expenses

₍₃₉₎

₍₂₅₎

₄

₃

₍₁₂₃₎

₍₇₁₎

₍₁₄₎

₍₁₀₎

Provision for risk Ukraine (IRB)

–

(20)

–

Mobility activities reorganisation (SFS)

–

(85)

(61)

Total impact on cost of credit risk

–

(20)

(85)

(61)

Mobility activities reorganisation (SFS)

–

(39)

Total impact equity-accounted entities

–

(39)

ISB integration costs (LC)

(2)

–

(2)

–

Degroof Petercam acquisition costs (AG)

–

(22)

(16)

–

Mobility activities reorganisation (SFS)

–

Total impact Net income on other assets

(1)

–

(24)

(16)

Mobility activities reorganisation (SFS)

–

Total impact on change of value of goodwill

–

Mobility activities reorganisation (SFS)

–

Total impact on tax

–

Total impact of specific items

(64)

(41)

(138)

(86)

580

425

Asset gathering

(12)

(9)

–

(49)

(35)

–

French Retail banking

–

International Retail banking

–

(20)

–

Specialised financial services

–

263

176

Large customers

(52)

(32)

(70)

(32)

(39)

(28)

Corporate centre

–

(2)

(1)

277

216

* Impact before tax and before minority interests

Appendix 2 – Crédit Agricole Group: income statement by business line

Crédit Agricole Group – Results by business line, Q4-23 and Q4-24

	Q4-24 (stated)
€m	RB	LCL	IRB	AG	SFS	LC	CC	Total

Revenues	3,276	960	993	2,037	915	2,108	(472)	9,817
Operating expenses excl. SRF	(2,503)	(647)	(588)	(930)	(447)	(1,298)	549	(5,863)
SRF	–	–	–	–	–	–	–	–
Gross operating income	773	313	405	1,107	468	810	77	3,954
Cost of risk	(263)	(78)	(97)	(11)	(306)	(93)	(19)	(867)
Equity-accounted entities	1	–	–	29	43	7	–	80
Net income on other assets	(2)	1	0	(0)	(9)	(1)	(10)	(20)
Income before tax	513	236	308	1,125	196	724	48	3,150
Tax	(110)	(44)	(100)	(313)	(49)	(166)	(2)	(784)
Net income from discont’d or held-for-sale ope.	–	–	–	–	–	–	–	–
Net income	404	192	207	813	147	557	46	2,366
Non controlling interests	(1)	(0)	(31)	(117)	(24)	(34)	(11)	(217)
Net income Group Share	403	192	177	696	124	523	35	2,149

	Q4-23 (stated)
€m	RB	LCL	IRB	AG	SFS	LC	CC	Total

Revenues	3,227	959	1,000	1,550	880	1,936	(782)	8,769
Operating expenses excl. SRF	(2,485)	(654)	(646)	(726)	(449)	(1,209)	488	(5,682)
SRF	–	–	–	–	–	–	–	–
Gross operating income	742	305	353	824	431	727	(294)	3,088
Cost of risk	(321)	(96)	(98)	(4)	(184)	(39)	(20)	(762)
Equity-accounted entities	(0)	–	(0)	29	40	5	–	73
Net income on other assets	(1)	0	2	(5)	(11)	(1)	(4)	(19)
Income before tax	420	209	258	843	288	692	(328)	2,382
Tax	(85)	(39)	(104)	(172)	(53)	(130)	128	(455)
Net income from discont’d or held-for-sale ope.	(0)	–	(10)	–	–	–	–	(10)
Net income	336	170	144	671	235	562	(200)	1,918
Non controlling interests	0	0	(24)	(123)	(18)	(25)	(4)	(194)
Net income Group Share	336	170	120	548	217	537	(204)	1,724

Crédit Agricole Group – Results by business line, 2024 et 2023

	2024 (stated)
€m	RB	LCL	IRB	AG	SFS	LC	CC	Total

Revenues	13,110	3,872	4,153	7,633	3,520	8,652	(2,879)	38,060
Operating expenses excl. SRF	(9,956)	(2,448)	(2,225)	(3,365)	(1,780)	(5,039)	2,084	(22,729)
SRF	–	–	–	–	–	–	–	–
Gross operating income	3,155	1,424	1,928	4,268	1,740	3,613	(795)	15,332
Cost of risk	(1,319)	(373)	(316)	(29)	(958)	(117)	(79)	(3,191)
Equity-accounted entities	8	–	–	123	125	27	–	283
Net income on other assets	1	5	0	(23)	(12)	1	(13)	(39)
Income before tax	1,849	1,056	1,612	4,339	895	3,523	(887)	12,388
Tax	(423)	(229)	(536)	(970)	(187)	(883)	341	(2,888)
Net income from discont’d or held-for-sale ope.	–	–	–	–	–	–	–	–
Net income	1,425	827	1,076	3,369	708	2,641	(546)	9,500
Non controlling interests	(2)	(0)	(160)	(481)	(82)	(139)	4	(860)
Net income Group Share	1,423	827	916	2,889	625	2,502	(542)	8,640

	2023 (stated)
€m	RB	LCL	IRB	AG	SFS	LC	CC	Total

Revenues	13,259	3,850	4,040	6,693	3,597	7,780	(2,728)	36,492
Operating expenses excl. SRF	(9,702)	(2,396)	(2,189)	(2,874)	(1,673)	(4,507)	1,877	(21,464)
SRF	(111)	(44)	(40)	(6)	(29)	(312)	(77)	(620)
Gross operating income	3,446	1,410	1,811	3,813	1,896	2,961	(928)	14,408
Cost of risk	(1,152)	(301)	(463)	(5)	(871)	(120)	(28)	(2,941)
Equity-accounted entities	9	–	1	102	130	21	–	263
Net income on other assets	5	21	3	(10)	71	2	(5)	88
Income before tax	2,308	1,130	1,353	3,900	1,237	2,865	(971)	11,821
Tax	(551)	(256)	(425)	(868)	(306)	(691)	350	(2,748)
Net income from discont’d or held-for-sale ope.	(0)	–	(3)	1	(0)	–	–	(3)
Net income	1,756	874	924	3,033	931	2,174	(621)	9,071
Non controlling interests	(0)	(0)	(145)	(466)	(79)	(118)	(4)	(813)
Net income Group Share	1,756	874	780	2,566	851	2,056	(625)	8,258

Appendix 3 – Crédit Agricole S.A.: Results by business line

Crédit Agricole S.A. – Results by business line, Q4-24 et Q4-23

	Q4-24 (stated)
€m	AG	LC	SFS	FRB (LCL)	IRB	CC	Total

Revenues	2,045	2,108	915	960	969	95	7,092
Operating expenses excl. SRF	(930)	(1,298)	(447)	(647)	(568)	(28)	(3,917)
SRF	–	–	–	–	–	–	–
Gross operating income	1,116	810	468	313	401	67	3,175
Cost of risk	(11)	(93)	(306)	(78)	(100)	(6)	(594)
Equity-accounted entities	29	7	43	–	–	(17)	62
Net income on other assets	(0)	(1)	(9)	1	0	(0)	(9)
Income before tax	1,133	723	196	236	302	44	2,634
Tax	(315)	(166)	(49)	(44)	(101)	(7)	(681)
Net income from discont’d or held-for-sale ope.	–	–	–	–	–	–	–
Net income	819	557	147	192	201	37	1,953
Non controlling interests	(124)	(45)	(24)	(9)	(43)	(19)	(264)
Net income Group Share	695	512	124	183	158	18	1,689

	Q4-23 (stated)
€m	AG	LC	SFS	FRB (LCL)	IRB	CC	Total

Revenues	1,555	1,935	880	959	974	(262)	6,040
Operating expenses excl. SRF	(726)	(1,209)	(449)	(654)	(627)	(44)	(3,710)
SRF	–	–	–	–	–	–	–
Gross operating income	828	726	431	305	347	(306)	2,330
Cost of risk	(4)	(39)	(184)	(96)	(102)	(14)	(440)
Equity-accounted entities	29	5	40	–	(0)	(12)	61
Net income on other assets	(5)	(1)	(11)	0	2	(3)	(17)
Income before tax	848	691	288	209	246	(345)	1,937
Tax	(173)	(129)	(53)	(39)	(103)	128	(369)
Net income from discont’d or held-for-sale ope.	–	–	–	–	(10)	–	(10)
Net income	675	562	235	170	134	(217)	1,558
Non controlling interests	(130)	(37)	(18)	(8)	(31)	(1)	(224)
Net income Group Share	546	525	217	162	103	(218)	1,334

Crédit Agricole S.A. – Results by business line, 2024 et 2023

	2024 (stated)
€m	AG	LC	SFS	FRB (LCL)	IRB	CC	Total

Revenues	7,648	8,651	3,520	3,872	4,059	(570)	27,181
Operating expenses excl. SRF	(3,365)	(5,039)	(1,780)	(2,448)	(2,148)	(116)	(14,895)
SRF	–	–	–	–	–	–	–
Gross operating income	4,284	3,612	1,740	1,424	1,911	(685)	12,286
Cost of risk	(29)	(117)	(958)	(373)	(313)	(59)	(1,850)
Equity-accounted entities	123	27	125	–	–	(82)	194
Net income on other assets	(23)	1	(12)	5	0	23	(4)
Income before tax	–	–	–	–	–	–	–
Tax	4,355	3,523	895	1,056	1,599	(803)	10,625
Net income from discont’d or held-for-sale ope.	(973)	(883)	(187)	(229)	(535)	336	(2,472)
Net income	–	–	–	–	–	–	–
Non controlling interests	3,381	2,640	708	827	1,063	(466)	8,153
Net income Group Share	(506)	(192)	(82)	(37)	(227)	(22)	(1,067)
Revenues	2,875	2,448	625	790	836	(488)	7,087

	2023 (stated)
€m	AG	LC	SFS	FRB (LCL)	IRB	CC	Total

Revenues	6,688	7,779	3,597	3,850	3,949	(683)	25,180
Operating expenses excl. SRF	(2,874)	(4,507)	(1,673)	(2,396)	(2,118)	(64)	(13,632)
SRF	(6)	(312)	(29)	(44)	(40)	(77)	(509)
Gross operating income	3,808	2,960	1,896	1,410	1,791	(825)	11,039
Cost of risk	(5)	(120)	(870)	(301)	(464)	(17)	(1,777)
Equity-accounted entities	102	21	130	–	1	(58)	197
Net income on other assets	(10)	2	71	21	3	(3)	85
Income before tax	–	–	12	–	–	(9)	2
Tax	3,894	2,864	1,237	1,130	1,332	(911)	9,546
Net income from discont’d or held-for-sale ope.	(872)	(690)	(306)	(256)	(422)	346	(2,201)
Net income	1	–	(0)	–	(3)	–	(3)
Non controlling interests	3,024	2,174	931	874	906	(565)	7,343
Net income Group Share	(483)	(162)	(79)	(39)	(204)	(28)	(995)
Revenues	2,541	2,011	852	835	703	(593)	6,348

Appendix 4 – Data per share

Crédit Agricole S.A. – Earnings p/share, net book value p/share and RoTE

(€m)

Q4-2024
Q4-2023

2024
2023

Net income Group share – stated

1,689
1,334

7,087
6,348
– Interests on AT1, including issuance costs, before tax

(112)
(87)

(463)
(458)
– Foreign exchange impact on reimbursed AT1

–
–

(266)
–
NIGS attributable to ordinary shares – stated

[A]
1,577
1,247

6,358
5,890
Average number shares in issue, excluding treasury shares (m)

[B]
3,025
3,032

3,015
3,031
Net earnings per share – stated

[A]/[B]
0.52 €
0.41 €

2.11 €
1.94 €
Underlying net income Group share (NIGS)

1,730
1,303

7,172
5,923
Underlying NIGS attributable to ordinary shares

[C]
1,618
1,216

6,443
5,465
Net earnings per share – underlying

[C]/[B]
0.54 €
0.40 €

2.14 €
1.80 €

(€m)

31/12/2024
31/12/2023
Shareholder’s equity Group share

74,710
71,086
– AT1 issuances

(7,218)
(7,220)
– Unrealised gains and losses on OCI – Group share

1,256
1,074
– Payout assumption on annual results*

(3,327)
(3,181)
Net book value (NBV), not revaluated, attributable to ordin. sh.

[D]

65,421
61,760
– Goodwill & intangibles** – Group share

(17,851)
(17,347)
Tangible NBV (TNBV), not revaluated attrib. to ordinary sh.

[E]

47,569
44,413
Total shares in issue, excluding treasury shares (period end, m)

[F]

3,025
3,029

NBV per share, after deduction of dividend to pay (€)

Dividend to pay (€)

TNBV per share, after deduction of dividend to pay (€)

TNBV per sh., before deduct. of divid. to pay (€)

€21.6	20,4 €
€1.10	1,05 €
€15.7	14,7 €
€16.8	15,7 €

20,4 €

1,05 €

14,7 €

15,7 €

€20.4

€1.05

€14.7

€15.7

* dividend proposed to the Board meeting to be paid
** including goodwill in the equity-accounted entities

(€m)

2024
2023
Net income Group share – stated

[K]

7,087
6,348
Impairment of intangible assets

[L]

0
0
Stated NIGS annualised

[N] = ([K]-[L]-[M])*4/4+[M]

7,087
6,348
Interests on AT1, including issuance costs, before tax, foreign exchange impact, annualised

[O]

-729
-458
Stated result adjusted

[P] = [N]+[O]

6,358
5,890
Tangible NBV (TNBV), not revaluated attrib. to ord. sh. – avg *** (3)

[J]

46,125
43,281
Stated ROTE adjusted (%)

= [P] / [J]

13.8%
13.6%
Underlying Net income Group share

[Q]

7,172
5,923
Underlying NIGS annualised

[R] = ([Q]-[M])*4/4+[M]

7,172
5,923
Underlying NIGS adjusted

[S] = [R]+[O]

6,443
5,465
Underlying ROTE adjusted(%)

= [S] / [J]

14.0%
12.6%
*** including assumption of dividend for the current exercise

0.0%

(1) Underlying: see appendixes for more details on specific items
(2) Underlying ROTE calculated on the basis of an annualised underlying net income Group share and linearised IFRIC costs over the year
(3) Average of the NTBV not revalued attributable to ordinary shares, calculated between 31/12/2023 and 31/12/2024 (line [E]), restated with an assumption of dividend for current exercises

Alternative Performance Indicators⁹⁹

NBV Net Book Value (not revalued)
The Net Book Value not revalued corresponds to the shareholders’ equity Group share from which the amount of the AT1 issues, the unrealised gains and/or losses on OCI Group share and the pay-out assumption on annual results have been deducted.

NBV per share Net Book Value per share – NTBV Net Tangible Book Value per share
One of the methods for calculating the value of a share. This represents the Net Book Value divided by the number of shares in issue at end of period, excluding treasury shares.

Net Tangible Book Value per share represents the Net Book Value after deduction of intangible assets and goodwill, divided by the number of shares in issue at end of period, excluding treasury shares.

EPS Earnings per Share
This is the net income Group share, from which the AT1 coupon has been deducted, divided by the average number of shares in issue excluding treasury shares. It indicates the portion of profit attributable to each share (not the portion of earnings paid out to each shareholder, which is the dividend). It may decrease, assuming the net income Group share remains unchanged, if the number of shares increases.

Cost/income ratio
The cost/income ratio is calculated by dividing operating expenses by revenues, indicating the proportion of revenues needed to cover operating expenses.

Cost of risk/outstandings
Calculated by dividing the cost of credit risk (over four quarters on a rolling basis) by outstandings (over an average of the past four quarters, beginning of the period). It can also be calculated by dividing the annualised cost of credit risk for the quarter by outstandings at the beginning of the quarter. Similarly, the cost of risk for the period can be annualised and divided by the average outstandings at the beginning of the period.

Since the first quarter of 2019, the outstandings taken into account are the customer outstandings, before allocations to provisions.

The calculation method for the indicator is specified each time the indicator is used.

Doubtful loan
A doubtful loan is a loan in default. The debtor is considered to be in default when at least one of the following two conditions has been met:

a payment generally more than 90 days past due, unless specific circumstances point to the fact that the delay is due to reasons independent of the debtor’s financial situation.
the entity believes that the debtor is unlikely to settle its credit obligations unless it avails itself of certain measures such as enforcement of collateral security right.

Impaired loan
Loan which has been provisioned due to a risk of non-repayment.

MREL
The MREL (Minimum Requirement for Own Funds and Eligible Liabilities) ratio is defined in the European “Bank Recovery and Resolution Directive” (BRRD). This Directive establishes a framework for the resolution of banks throughout the European Union, with the aim to provide resolution authorities with shared instruments and powers to pre-emptively tackle banking crises, preserve financial stability and reduce taxpayers’ exposure to losses. Directive (EU) 2019/879 of 20 May 2019 known as “BRRD2” amended the BRRD and was transposed into French law by Order 2020-1636 of 21 December 2020.

The MREL ratio corresponds to an equity and eligible liabilities buffer required to absorb losses in the event of resolution. Under BRRD2, the MREL ratio is calculated as the amount of equity and eligible liabilities expressed as a percentage of risk weighted assets (RWA), as well as a leverage ratio exposure (LRE). Are eligible for the numerator of the total MREL ratio the Group’s regulatory equity, as well as eligible liabilities issued by the corporate centre and the Crédit Agricole network affiliated entities, i.e. subordinated notes, senior non-preferred debt instruments and certain senior preferred debt instruments with residual maturities of more than one year.

Impaired (or non-performing) loan coverage ratio
This ratio divides the outstanding provisions by the impaired gross customer loans.

Impaired (or non-performing) loan ratio
This ratio divides the impaired gross customer loans on an individual basis, before provisions, by the total gross customer loans.

TLAC
The Financial Stability Board (FSB) has defined the calculation of a ratio aimed at estimating the adequacy of the bail-in and recapitalisation capacity of Global Systemically Important Banks (G-SIBs). This Total Loss Absorbing Capacity (TLAC) ratio provides resolution authorities with the means to assess whether G-SIBs have sufficient bail-in and recapitalisation capacity before and during resolution. It applies to Global Systemically Important Banks, and therefore to Crédit Agricole Group. Agricole. The TLAC ratio requirement was transposed into European Union law via CRR2 and has been applicable since 27 June 2019.

The Group’s regulatory equity as well as subordinated notes and eligible senior non-preferred debt with residual maturities of more than one year issued by Crédit Agricole S.A. are eligible for the numerator of the TLAC ratio.

Net income Group share
Net income/(loss) for the financial year (after corporate income tax). Equal to net income Group share, less the share attributable to non-controlling interests in fully consolidated subsidiaries.

Underlying Net income Group share
The underlying net income Group share represents the stated net income Group share from which specific items have been deducted (i.e., non-recurring or exceptional items) to facilitate the understanding of the company’s actual earnings.

Net income Group share attributable to ordinary shares
The net income Group share attributable to ordinary shares represents the net income Group share from which the AT1 coupon has been deducted, including issuance costs before tax.

RoTE Return on Tangible Equity
The RoTE (Return on Tangible Equity) measures the return on tangible capital by dividing the Net income Group share annualised by the Group’s NBV net of intangibles and goodwill. The annualised Net income Group share corresponds to the annualisation of the Net income Group share (Q1x4; H1x2; 9Mx4/3) excluding impairments of intangible assets and restating each period of the IFRIC impacts in order to linearise them over the year.

Disclaimer

The financial information on Crédit Agricole S.A. and Crédit Agricole Group for the fourth quarter and the full year 2024 comprises this press release and the presentation and the attached appendices which are available on the website: https://www.credit-agricole.com/en/finance/finance/financial-publications.

This presentation may include prospective information on the Group, supplied as information on trends. This data does not represent forecasts within the meaning of EU Delegated Act 2019/980 of 14 March 2019 (Chapter 1, article 1, d).

This information was developed from scenarios based on a number of economic assumptions for a given competitive and regulatory environment. Therefore, these assumptions are by nature subject to random factors that could cause actual results to differ from projections. Likewise, the financial statements are based on estimates, particularly in calculating market value and asset impairment.

Readers must take all these risk factors and uncertainties into consideration before making their own judgement.

Applicable standards and comparability

The figures presented for the twelve-month period ending 31 December 2024 have been prepared in accordance with IFRS as adopted in the European Union and applicable at that date, and with regulations currently in force.

Note: The scopes of consolidation of the Crédit Agricole S.A. and Crédit Agricole Groups have not changed materially since the Crédit Agricole S.A. 2023 Universal Registration Document and its A.01 update (including all regulatory information about the Crédit Agricole Group) were filed with the AMF (the French Financial Markets Authority).

The sum of values contained in the tables and analyses may differ slightly from the total reported due to rounding.

At 30 June 2024, Indosuez Wealth Management had completed the acquisition of Degroof Petercam and now holds 65% of Banque Degroof Petercam alongside with CLdN Cobelfret, its historical shareholder, which would maintain a 20% stake in capital. As of 30 September 2024, Indosuez Wealth Management’s stake in Degroof Petercam has increased to 76%.

At 30 June 2024, Amundi had completed the acquisition of Alpha Associates, an independent asset manager offering multi-management investment solutions in private assets.

As of December 31, 2024, Amundi finalized the acquisition of aixigo, a European Wealth Tech player, to complete the ALTO platform’s offering.

As of December 31, 2024, Crédit Agricole S.A. has entered into financial instruments for 5.2% of Banco BPM’s share capital.

Financial Agenda

30 April 2025                Publication of the 2025 first quarter results
14 May 2025                General Meeting
31 July 2025                Publication of the 2025 second quarter and the first half-year results
30 October 2025                Publication of the 2025 third quarter and first nine months results

Contacts

CREDIT AGRICOLE PRESS CONTACTS

CRÉDIT AGRICOLE S.A. INVESTOR RELATIONS CONTACTS

Institutional investors	+ 33 1 43 23 04 31	investor.relations@credit-agricole-sa.fr
Individual shareholders	+ 33 800 000 777 (freephone number – France only)	relation@actionnaires.credit-agricole.com

Cécile Mouton	+ 33 1 57 72 86 79	cecile.mouton@credit-agricole-sa.fr
Equity investor relations:
Jean-Yann Asseraf Fethi Azzoug	+ 33 1 57 72 23 81 + 33 1 57 72 03 75	jean-yann.asseraf@credit-agricole-sa.fr fethi.azzoug@credit-agricole-sa.fr
Oriane Cante	+ 33 1 43 23 03 07	oriane.cante@credit-agricole-sa.fr
Nicolas Ianna	+ 33 1 43 23 55 51	nicolas.ianna@credit-agricole-sa.fr
Leila Mamou	+ 33 1 57 72 07 93	leila.mamou@credit-agricole-sa.fr
Anna Pigoulevski	+ 33 1 43 23 40 59	anna.pigoulevski@credit-agricole-sa.fr


Credit investor and rating agency relations:
Gwenaëlle Lereste	+ 33 1 57 72 57 84	gwenaelle.lereste@credit-agricole-sa.fr
Florence Quintin de Kercadio	+ 33 1 43 23 25 32	florence.quintindekercadio@credit-agricole-sa.fr

See all our press releases at: www.credit-agricole.com – www.creditagricole.info

1 Car, home, health, legal, all mobile phones or personal accident insurance.
2 CA Auto Bank, automotive JVs and automotive activities of other entities
3 2024 market shares: CRCA and LCL household loans (source: Banque de France and internal); French UCITS (all customer segments); payments (in No. of transactions; source: Banque de France and internal)
4 2023 market shares: insurance (Argus de l’Assurance and France Assureurs); property services
5 Economic outlook to 2025
6 Purchase price of transactions carried out since 2022. Includes shares acquired in Banco BPM and Worldline
7 Disposal of Crédit du Maroc, La Médicale, Crédit Agricole Serbia and others
8 Indosuez Wealth management acquires a 70% stake in Wealth Dynamix, a fintech specialising in client relationship management for private banks, wealth management and asset management actors across the world.
9 Creation of Uptevia, held in equal shares by CACEIS and BNPP, wich brings together the activities for the issuers of the two banks.
10 Independent asset manager offering private markets multi-manager investment solutions.
11 Technology company of high value-added modular service for distributors of savings solutions.
12 Acquisition of Merca Leasing, independent leasing company in Germany
13 Commercial partnership for automobile insurance between Mobilize Financial Services, subsidiary of Renault Group, specialised in services facilitating access to automobiles, and Pacifica, Property and Casualty subsidiary of Credit Agricole Assurances
14 Merge between Amundi and Victory Capital, acquisition of a participation of 26.1% in Victory Capital, and signature of distribution and services agreement lasting 15 years.
15 Digital fleet management tool on monthly subscription
16 Extended warranty
17 Delivery of single vehicule
18 Agreement allowing CA Autobank, Drivalia, Agilauto and Leasys to offer fatec fllet management services to their customers in France
19 Employee benefits management tool
20 Creation of a joint venture to develop innovative commercial offers.
21 Leader in design, construction, and daily support for multidisciplinary collective primary care structures
22 Credit Agricole Santé et Territoires and 10 regional banks enter the capital of Cette Famille, major player in inclusive housing for seniors in France.
23 Omedys, specialist in assisted telemedicine, Medicalib, home care expert
24 Low-carbon energy outstandings made up of renewable energy produced by the clients of all Crédit Agricole Group entities, including nuclear energy outstandings for Crédit Agricole CIB.
25 Listed investments managed directly, listed investments managed under mandate and unlisted investments managed directly
26 Crédit Agricole CIB green asset portfolio, in line with the eligibility criteria of the Group Green Bond Framework published in November 2023.
27 Scope of power sector: CACIB and Unifergie (Crédit Agricole Transitions & Energies)
28 DVA (Debt Valuation Adjustment)
29Specific (one-off) items had impacted the fourth quarter of 2023 for the SFS division and for CACF as follows: +€17m in net income Group share, of which +€4m on operating expenses, +€12m on badwill and +€1m on tax.
30 See Appendixes for more details on specific items.
31 The cost of risk/outstandings (in basis points) on a four-quarter rolling basis is calculated on the cost of risk of the past four quarters divided by the average outstandings at the start of each of the four quarters
32 The cost of risk/outstandings (in basis points) on an annualised basis is calculated on the cost of risk of the quarter multiplied by four and divided by the outstandings at the start of the quarter
33 Average rate of loans to monthly production for October and November 2024.
34 Equipment rate – Home-Car-Health policies, Legal, All Mobile/Portable or personal accident insurance
35 SAS Rue La Boétie dividend paid annually in Q2
36 Home Purchase Savings Plan base effect (reversal of the Home Purchase Savings Plan provision) in Q4-23 totalling +€73.6m in revenues and +€54.6m in net income Group share.

37 Underlying, excluding specific items.
38 Scope effect of Degroof Petercam revenues: +€158 million in the fourth quarter of 2024.
39 Scope effect in expenses in the fourth quarter of 2024: Degroof Petercam for -€120 million and miscellaneous others.

40 Provisioning rate calculated with outstandings in Stage 3 as denominator, and the sum of the provisions recorded in Stages 1, 2 and 3 as numerator.
41 The cost of risk/outstandings (in basis points) on a four-quarter rolling basis is calculated on the cost of risk of the past four quarters divided by the average outstandings at the start of each of the four quarters
42 The cost of risk/outstandings (in basis points) on an annualised basis is calculated on the cost of risk of the quarter multiplied by four and divided by the outstandings at the start of the quarter
43 See Appendixes for more details on specific items.
44 SRF costs amounted to -€509 million over full-year 2023

45 See Appendixes for details on the calculation of the RoTE (return on tangible equity)
46 The annualised underlying net income Group share corresponds to the annualisation of the underlying net income Group share (Q1x4; H1x2; 9Mx4/3) by restating each period for IFRIC impacts to linearise them over the year
47 In local standards
48 Can reach up to 3.85% for the Anaé policy with a UL rate > 50% and benefiting from management fees of 0.5%
49 Scope “Life France”
50 Property and casualty insurance premium income includes a scope: effect linked to the initial consolidation of CATU in Q2-24 (a property and casualty insurance entity in Poland): 9.4% Q4/Q4 increase in premium income at constant scope

51 Scope: property and casualty in France and abroad
52 Combined property & casualty ratio in France (Pacifica) including discounting and excluding undiscounting, net of reinsurance: (claims + operating expenses + fee and commission income)/gross premiums earned. Undiscounted ratio: 96.4% (-4.3 pp over the year)
53 Excl. JVs
54 Excluding assets under custody for institutional clients
55 Amount of allocation of Contractual Service Margin (CSM) and Risk Adjustment (RA) including funeral guarantees
56 Amount of allocation of CSM and RA
57 Net of cost of reinsurance, excluding financial results
58 Integration costs related to the acquisition of aixigo and the partnership with Victory Capital, which are expected to be completed towards the end of Q1 25, were recorded as operating expenses in the fourth quarter of 2024 for a total of -€14 million.
59 Indosuez Wealth Management scope
60 Degroof Petercam data for the quarter included in Wealth Management results: Revenues of €158m and expenses of -€120m (excluding integration costs partly borne by Degroof Petercam)
61 In Q4 24: -€12.8 million of integration costs (impacting the operating expenses line); and +€0.8 million in acquisition costs (impacting the line gains and losses on other assets)
62 2024 Degroof Petercam data included in the results of the Wealth Management business: NBI of €347 million and expenses of -€259 million (excluding integration costs partially borne by Degroof Petercam)
63 In 2024: -€26.4 million in integration costs (impacting the operating expenses line); and -€22.2 million in acquisition costs (impacting the line gains and losses on other assets)
64 Refinitiv LSEG
65 Bloomberg in EUR
66 Cost of risk for the last four quarters divided by the average of the outstandings at the start of all four quarters of the year
67 CA Auto Bank, automotive JVs and auto activities of other entities
68 CA Auto Bank and automotive JVs
69 Q4-23 base effects related to the reorganisation of the Mobility activities (Expenses +€4m, Changes in value of goodwill +€12m, Corporate income tax +€1m and Net income Group share +€17m)
70 12M-23 base effect linked to the reorganisation of Mobility activities (revenues €300m, expenses -€14m, cost of risk -€85m, equity-accounted entities -€39m, income on other assets €89m, Change in the value of goodwill +€12m, corporate tax €87m, net income Group share €176m)
71 Q4-23 base effects related to the reorganisation of the Mobility activities (Expenses +€4m, Changes in value of goodwill +€12m, Corporate income tax +€1m and Net income Group share +€17m)
72 Cost of risk for the last four quarters as a proportion of the average outstandings at the beginning of the period for the last four quarters.
7312M-23 base effect related to the reorganisation of the Mobility activities (Revenues €300m, Expenses -€14m, Cost of risk -€85m, Equity-accounted entities -€39m, GPAI €89m, Changes in value of goodwill +€12m, Corporate income tax €87m and Net income Group share €176m)
74 Net of POCI outstandings
75 Source: Abi Monthly Outlook, January 2024: -1.0% Dec./Dec. for all loans
76 At 31 December 2024, this scope corresponds to the aggregation of all Group entities present in Italy: CA Italy, CAPFM (Agos, Leasys, CA Auto Bank), CAA (CA Vita, CACI, CA Assicurazioni), Amundi, Crédit Agricole CIB, CAIWM, CACEIS, CALEF.
77 In number of branches
78 Net Promoter Score; source: Doxa survey, October 2023.
79 Assofin publication, 30/04/2024 (excluding credit cards).
80 Assets under management Source: Assogestioni, 31/05/2024
81 Production. Source: IAMA, 30/04/2024
82 Home Purchase Saving Plan base effect (reversal of the provision for Home Purchase Saving Plans) in Q4-23 of +€6.1 million in revenues and +€4.5 million in net income Group share versus 0 in Q4 2024.
83 Home Purchase Saving Plan base effect (reversal of the provision for Home Purchase Saving Plans) in 2023 of +€57.9 million in revenues and +€41.2 million in net income Group share versus €3.1 million in revenues and +€2.2 million in net income Group share in 2024.
84 Reversal of provision for Cheque Image Exchange Provision of + €21m in Q2-23
85 At 31 December 2024 this scope includes the entities CA Italy, CA Polska, CA Egypt and CA Ukraine.

86 Over a rolling four quarter period.
87 At 31 December 2024, this scope corresponds to the aggregation of all Group entities present in Italy: CA Italy, CAPFM (Agos, Leasys, CA Auto Bank), CAA (CA Vita, CACI, CA Assicurazioni), Amundi, Crédit Agricole CIB, CAIWM, CACEIS, CALEF.
88 As part of its annual resolvability assessment, Crédit Agricole Group has chosen in 2024 to continue waiving the possibility offered by Article 72ter(3) of the Capital Requirements Regulation (CRR) to use senior preferred debt for compliance with its TLAC requirements over the resolvability period that will begin during 2025.
89 Which excludes some client deposits from the asset custody business in coherence with the internal management.
90Securities within liquidity reserves are valued after discounting idiosyncratic stress (previously systemic stress) to better reflect the economic reality of central bank value.
91 Gross amount before buy-backs and amortisations
92 Gross amount before buy-backs and amortisations
93 Excl. AT1 issuances
94 Gross amount before buy-backs and amortisations
95 Excl. senior secured debt
96 Gross amount before buy-backs and amortisations
97 Gross amount before buy-backs and amortisations
98 Excl. AT1 issuances
99 APMs are financial indicators not presented in the financial statements or defined in accounting standards but used in the context of financial communications, such as underlying net income Group share or RoTE. They are used to facilitate the understanding of the company’s actual performance. Each APM indicator is matched in its definition to accounting data.

Attachment

EN_CASA_PR_2024-Q4

The MIL Network –

February 5, 2025

MIL-OSI: Equinor fourth quarter and full year 2024 results
Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

Equinor (OSE:EQNR, NYSE:EQNR) delivered adjusted operating income* of USD 7.90 billion and USD 2.29 billion after tax in the fourth quarter of 2024. Net operating income was USD 8.74 billion and net income was USD 2.00 billion, leading to adjusted earnings per share* of USD 0.63.

The fourth quarter and full year results were characterised by:
- Solid financial performance and 21% return on average capital employed* in 2024
- Strong operational performance with stable oil and gas production
- Continued industrial progress and value driven transactions
Capital distribution
- Proposed fourth quarter cash dividend of USD 0.37 per share
- Announced share buy-back of up to USD 5 billion for 2025
- Expected total capital distribution for 2025 of up to USD 9 billion
- Stronger expected free cash flow*, supporting sustained competitive capital distribution
Equinor is well positioned for stronger cash flow and growth:
- Strategy to deliver competitive shareholder returns. Consistent value driven execution – expecting above 15% return on average capital employed* towards 2030
- Strengthening free cash flow*, expecting USD 23 billion for 2025-2027 by reducing capex and addressing costs
- Increasing oil and gas production, expecting more than 10% growth from 2024-2027
- Reducing investments to renewables and low carbon solutions to around USD 5 billion in total after project financing for 2025-2027
- Lowering expected capacity in renewables to 10-12 gigawatt by 2030
Anders Opedal, President and CEO of Equinor ASA:

“Equinor is well positioned for further growth and competitive shareholder returns. We expect to deliver industry-leading return on average capital employed, above 15% all the way to 2030. Our oil and gas production outlook is increased to more than 10% growth from 2024 to 2027. We strengthen our expected free cash flow significantly compared to last year’s outlook. We do this by high-grading the portfolio, reducing the investment outlook for renewables and low carbon solutions and improving cost across our organisation.”

“Today we announce total capital distribution of up to USD 9 billion for 2025. Supported by stronger free cash flow, we expect to continue to grow the quarterly cash dividend and use share buy backs to ensure a competitive capital distribution also going forward.”

“We have a consistent growth strategy and our strategic direction remains the same. We continue to reduce emissions from our production and build profitable business in renewables and low carbon solutions towards our net zero ambition in 2050. By adapting to market situation and opportunities, we are set to create shareholder value for decades to come.”

“In 2024 we delivered solid financial results and high production through strong operational performance. We now expect the 2025 Johan Sverdrup production to be close to the level of the last two years. This shows how we work systematically to improve our producing assets to remain a safe and reliable provider of energy.”

Strong operational performance

Equinor had strong operational performance and stable production levels in the fourth quarter. The total equity production was 2,072 mboe per day, down from 2,197 mboe in the same quarter last year.

On the Norwegian continental shelf (NCS), production levels were sustained by the ramp-up of Breidablikk and the addition of new gas wells. However, the production levels are lower compared to the same period last year, due to natural decline, outage at Sleipner B and planned maintenance. For the full year, Equinor sustained high production level at the NCS, with record high production from the Troll and Johan Sverdrup fields.

The production at the Johan Sverdrup field is expected to continue to be close to 2023 and 2024 levels in 2025. The recovery rate ambition has been increased from 65% in the plan for development and operations to 75% now, including Johan Sverdrup phase 3. Effective turnarounds and lower unplanned losses contributed to the slight increase in production from the NCS in 2024 compared to 2023.

Internationally, the upstream business delivered lower production for the fourth quarter compared to the same period in 2023. The divestments in Azerbaijan and Nigeria, natural decline, higher turnaround activities and curtailments in the US contributed to the decline also for the full year. The decline was partially offset by the ramp up of new wells on stream and volumes from the Buzzard field in the UK.

In the quarter, Equinor completed 10 offshore exploration wells with 4 commercial discoveries. The Himalia and Cappahayden wells were expensed during the quarter.

The addition of onshore power plants in Brazil and Poland during 2023, along with the start-up of the Mendubim solar projects in 2024, contributed to a 19% increase in renewables power generation in the quarter and a 51% increase for the full year compared to the same periods in 2023.

Solid financial results in the fourth quarter

Equinor delivered adjusted operating income* of USD 7.90 billion. and USD 2.29 billion after tax* in the fourth quarter of 2024.

In the quarter, Equinor recognised net impairments of USD 280 million, primarily related to acquired early phase project rights within onshore markets in renewables.

Equinor realised a European gas price of USD 13.5 per mmbtu and realised liquids prices were USD 68.5 per bbl in the fourth quarter.

The Marketing, Midstream and Processing segment delivered solid results through equity and third-party LNG trading. These results were further supported by physical and financial trading of LPG.

A strong operational performance generated a cash flow from operating activities, before taxes paid and working capital items, of USD 9.81 billion for the fourth quarter. Cash flow from operations after taxes paid* ended at USD 3.91 billion for the fourth quarter, bringing the cash flow from operations after taxes paid* to USD 17.9 billion for the year.

Equinor paid two NCS tax instalments of a total of USD 5.78 billion in the quarter.

Organic capital expenditure* was USD 3.37 billion for the quarter, and USD 12.1 billion for the full year. Total capital expenditure was USD 5.41 billion for the fourth quarter and USD 16.7 billion for 2024.

After taxes, capital distribution to shareholders and investments, net cash flow* ended at negative USD 4.57 billion for the fourth quarter and at negative USD 12.2 billion for the full year. Equinor retains a strong financial position with net debt to capital employed adjusted ratio* at 11.9% by the end of the fourth quarter, compared to negative 2.0% at the end of the third quarter of 2024. The ratio is impacted by the Ørsted acquisitions and working capital effects over year-end to take advantage of commodity market situations.

Strategic progress

Equinor continues to develop the portfolio and deliver on its strategy in the quarter.

On the NCS, Equinor increased ownership to 69.5% in the Halten East Unit in The Norwegian Sea, an important project in a core area with strong profitability and low emissions. A discovery was made near the Fram field in the North Sea. The activity level on the NCS is high with 19 ongoing projects towards 2027.

The international portfolio will be strengthened by the agreement to establish UK’s largest independent oil and gas company with Shell. The new company is expected to produce over 140,000 barrels of oil equivalent per day in 2025 and play a crucial role in securing UK’s energy supply. Equinor increased its stake in the Northern Marcellus asset in the US and exited the upstream businesses in Azerbaijan and Nigeria.

A major milestone in the carbon capture and storage portfolio was realised with the final investment decision and financial close on two of UK’s first carbon capture and storage infrastructure projects.

The acquisition of a 10% stake in Ørsted was completed in the quarter giving Equinor exposure to premium offshore wind assets in operation and a solid project pipeline.

In 2024 Equinor added proved reserves mainly through estimate revisions, transactions and improved recovery projects. The reserve replacement ratio (RRR) in 2024 was 151%.

Absolute scope 1+2 GHG emissions for Equinor’s operated production, on a 100% basis, were 11.0 million tonnes CO2e in 2024. This represents a decrease of 0.60 million tonnes CO2e compared to last year.

The twelve-month average serious incident frequency (SIF) for the period was 0.3, a decrease from 2023. The 2024 result represents the lowest frequency on record.

Competitive capital distribution

The board of directors proposes to the annual general meeting an ordinary cash dividend of USD 0.37 per share for the fourth quarter 2024, an increase of USD 0.02 per share from the third quarter of 2024, in line with previously announced ambition. The Equinor share will trade ex-dividend on Oslo Børs from and including 15 May and New York Stock Exchange from and including 16 May 2025.

The interim cash dividends for the first, second and third quarter of 2025, are to be decided by the board of directors on a quarterly basis and in line with the company’s dividend policy, subject to existing and renewed authorisation from the annual general meeting, and are expected to be at the same level as for the fourth quarter of 2024.

The fourth tranche of the share buy-back programme for 2024 was completed on 14 January 2025 with a total value of USD 1.6 billion. Following this, the total share buy-backs under the share buy-back programme for 2024 amounts to USD 6 billion.

The board of directors has decided to announce share buy-back for 2025 of up to USD 5 billion in total to conclude the two-year programme for 2024–2025. The 2025 share buy-back programme will be subject to market outlook and balance sheet strength. The first tranche of up to USD 1.2 billion of the 2025 share buy-back programme will commence on 6 February and end no later than 2 April 2025. Commencement of new share buy-back tranches after the first tranche will be decided by the board of directors on a quarterly basis in line with the company’s dividend policy and will be subject to existing and new board authorisations for share buy-back from the company’s annual general meeting and agreement with the Norwegian State regarding share buy-back.

All share buy-back amounts include shares to be redeemed by the Norwegian state.

Capital markets update: Firm strategic direction – stronger free cash flow* and growth

Equinor maintains a firm strategic direction and has taken action to strengthen free cash flow* and returns(1). With a profitable project portfolio and strict capital discipline, Equinor expects to deliver high-value production growth in selected markets creating value for shareholders.

Key messages:
- Firm strategy – high returns: Remaining value driven in the execution. Expecting return on average capital employed* above 15% to 2030
- Strengthening free cash flow*: Expecting strengthened free cash flow* to USD 23 billion for 2025 – 2027 by reducing capex and addressing costs
- Increasing production growth: Expecting above 10% oil and gas production growth driven by developing an attractive project portfolio and value adding transactions, increasing expected 2030 production from 2 to 2.2 million boe per day
- Building resilient business for the future: Lowering investment outlook for renewables and low-carbon solutions to adapt to market conditions and further strengthen value creation for shareholders. Lowering 2030 renewable capacity ambition to 10-12 gigawatt including financial investments, and introducing range for ambition for net carbon intensity reduction. Maintaining strategic direction towards net zero
Growth in free cash flow*

Equinor has significantly increased the free cash flow* outlook by reducing investments and addressing costs. Expected organic capital expenditure* of USD 13 billion for 2025 and on average for the period 2025–2027. After project financing of Empire Wind I, organic capital expenditure* is expected at USD 11 billion for 2025 and on average USD 12.5 billion for 2026–2027.

Stronger free cash flow provides capacity for Equinor to continue to deliver competitive capital distribution.

Equinor also strengthens its resilience and can be cash flow neutral after all investments at an oil price around 50 dollars per barrel.

Oil and gas – delivering long term value

Equinor expects an oil and gas production growth of above 10% from 2024 to 2027. In 2030 expected production is around 2.2 million boe per day, up from previous expectation of around 2 million. For the NCS, production is expected to maintain at a high level of around 1.2 million boe per day all the way to 2035.

Equinor will continue to develop existing fields and an attractive project portfolio both on the NCS and internationally. Driving increased recovery and exploration near infrastructure is expected to bring high value volumes with short lead time, low cost and low emissions.

From the international upstream portfolio, Equinor expects the annual free cash flow* to grow to more than USD 5 billion in 2030.

A CO2 intensity* around 6 kg per boe is expected by 2030 and the company is on track to deliver on the 2030 ambition of net 50 percent reduction in operated scope 1 and 2 CO2 emissions.

Renewables and low carbon – adjusting ambitions to realities

Equinor has high-graded the project portfolios in renewables and low carbon solutions, and reduced cost and early phase spend to improve the value creation for shareholders.The portfolio is expected to deliver more than 10% life-cycle equity returns. For renewables, the ambition for installed capacity is reduced to 10-12 gigawatt by 2030, including the Ørsted and Scatec ownership positions.

Equinor demonstrates a leading position in carbon capture and storage and has projects with a storage capacity of 2.3 million tonnes CO2 installed or under development. The ambition to store 30-50 million tonnes of CO2 per annum by 2035 is maintained, and Equinor has secured licenses with capacity to store more than 60 million tonnes annually.

To underline that value creation is at the core of decision making, the ambition to allocate 50% of gross capital expenditures to renewables and low carbon solutions by 2030 is retired.

Updated Energy transition plan

The Energy transition plan describes how Equinor creates value, cuts emissions and develops new energy solutions to reach net zero by 2050. The ambition for cutting scope 1 and 2 emissions by 50% within 2030 is upheld.

The pace of transition depends on frame conditions and market opportunities to create value. Adjusting to the market situation and opportunity set, the range for the net carbon intensity (NCI) ambition will be 15-20% in 2030 and 30-40% in 2035.

Updated outlook for 2025:
- Organic capex expenditures* are estimated at USD 13 billion for 2025 (2).
- Oil & gas production for 2025 is estimated to grow 4% compared to 2024 level.
This press release contains Forward Looking Statements. Please see the Forward Looking Statement disclaimer published on Equinor.com/investors/cmu-2025-forward-looking-statements.

– – –

* For items marked with an asterisk throughout this report, see Use and reconciliation of non-GAAP financial measures in the Supplementary disclosures.

(1) All forward looking financial numbers are based on Brent blend 70 USD/bbl, Henry Hub 3.5 USD/MMBtu and European gas price 2025: 13 USD/MMBtu, 2026: 11 USD/MMBtu and thereafter: 9 USD/MMBtu

(2) USD/NOK exchange rate assumption of 11

– – –

Further information from:

Investor relations
Bård Glad Pedersen, Senior vice president Investor relations,
+47 918 01 791 (mobile)

Press
Sissel Rinde, Vice president Media relations,
+47 412 60 584 (mobile)

This information is subject to the disclosure requirements pursuant to Section 5-12 of the Norwegian Securities Trading Act

Attachments
- Equinor 4Q 2024 Financial Statements and Review
- CEO and CFO presentation Equinor Q4 2024 – CMU 2025
The MIL Network –
February 5, 2025
MIL-OSI: Equinor ASA: Key information relating to proposed cash dividend for fourth quarter 2024

Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

Key information relating to the proposed cash dividend to be paid by Equinor (OSE: EQNR, NYSE: EQNR) for fourth quarter 2024.

Cash dividend amount: 0.37

Announced currency: USD

Last day including rights: 14 May 2025

Ex-date Oslo Børs: 15 May 2025

Ex-date New York Stock Exchange: 16 May 2025

Record date: 16 May 2025

Payment date: 28 May 2025

Date of approval: the proposed cash dividend is subject to approval by the annual general meeting of Equinor ASA on 14 May 2025.

Other information: The cash dividend per share in NOK will be communicated 22 May 2025.

This information is published in accordance with the requirements of the Continuing Obligations and is subject to the disclosure requirements pursuant to Section 5-12 in the Norwegian Securities Trading Act.

The MIL Network –

February 5, 2025
MIL-OSI: Equinor to commence first tranche of the 2025 share buy-back programme

Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

Equinor (OSE: EQNR, NYSE: EQNR) will on 6 February 2025 commence the first tranche of up to USD 1.2 billion of the share buy-back programme for 2025, as announced at the Capital Market Update 5 February 2025.

In this first tranche, shares for up to USD 396 million will be purchased in the market, implying a total first tranche of up to USD 1.2 billion including shares to be redeemed from the Norwegian State. The tranche will end no later than 2 April 2025.

Equinor announces a share buy-back programme of up to USD 5 billion for 2025, including shares to be redeemed from the Norwegian State, in order to conclude the two-year programme for 2024 – 2025, announced in February 2024. The share buy-back programme for 2025 will be subject to market outlook and balance sheet strength and be structured into tranches where Equinor will buy back shares for a certain value in USD over a defined period. For the first tranche in 2025, Equinor will be entering into a non-discretionary agreement with a third party who will execute repurchases of shares and make its trading decisions independently of the company.

Commencement of new share buy-back tranches after the first tranche in 2025 will be decided by the board of directors on a quarterly basis in line with the company’s dividend policy, and will be subject to board authorisations for share buy-back from the company’s annual general meeting and agreement with the Norwegian State regarding share buy-back (as further described below).

The purpose of the share buy-back programme is to reduce the issued share capital of the company. All shares purchased as part of the first tranche for 2025 will thus be cancelled through a capital reduction at the annual general meeting of the company in May 2025.

Further information about the share buy-back programme and the first tranche:

The first tranche of the share buy-back programme for 2025 is based on an authorisation granted to the board of directors at the annual general meeting of the company held on 14 May 2024. According to this authorisation, the maximum number of shares to be purchased in the market is 92 million of which 30,843,973 remain available per commencement of the first tranche in 2025 (taken into account buy-backs made under previous tranches). The minimum price that can be paid per share is NOK 50, and the maximum price is NOK 1,000. The authorisation is valid until the earliest of 30 June 2025 and the annual general meeting of the company in 2025.

An agreement between Equinor and the Norwegian State regulates the State’s participation in the share buy-back: at the annual general meeting of the company in May 2025, the State will, as per proposal by the board of directors, vote for the cancellation of shares purchased in the market pursuant to the board authorisation, and the redemption and cancellation of a proportionate number of its shares in order to maintain its ownership share in the company at 67%. The price to be paid to the State for redemption of the State’s shares shall be the volume-weighted average of the price paid by Equinor for shares purchased in the market plus an interest rate compensation, adjusted for any dividends paid.

In the first tranche in 2025, shares will be purchased on the Oslo Stock Exchange and possibly other trading venues within the EEA. Transactions will be conducted in accordance with applicable safe harbour conditions, and as further set out in the Norwegian Securities Trading Act of 2007, EU Commission Regulation (EC) No 2016/1052 and the Oslo Stock Exchange’s Guidelines for buy-back programmes and price stabilisation from February 2021.

The board of directors will propose to the annual general meeting in the company to be held in May 2025, to cancel shares purchased in the market in this first tranche in 2025 and to redeem and cancel a proportionate number of the State’s shares per the agreement with the State. Based on renewal of this agreement, shares purchased under subsequent tranches of the share buy-back programme for 2025 and a proportionate number of the State’s shares will follow a similar process at the annual general meeting of the company in 2026.

This is information that Equinor is obliged to make public pursuant to the EU Market Abuse Regulation and that is subject to the disclosure requirements pursuant to Section 5-12 the Norwegian Securities Trading Act.

Further information from:

Investor relations
Bård Glad Pedersen, senior vice president Investor Relations,
+47 918 01 791

Media
Sissel Rinde, vice president Media Relations,
+47 412 60 584

The MIL Network –

February 5, 2025
MIL-OSI Russia: Cod, pollock and mackerel: what seasonal fish can be purchased at the Moscow-on-the-Wave markets

Translartion. Region: Russians Fedetion –

Source: Moscow Government – Government of Moscow –

In February, the season of cod, pollock and mackerel, as well as Caspian sprat and Baltic herring (Baltic herring) begins in Russia. At fish markets “Moscow is on the wave” City dwellers can find this and other fish in different forms: salted, canned, smoked and fresh-frozen.

The assortment of markets is constantly expanding and supplemented – this is due to the season. Now the catch of valuable commercial fish – cod – is in full swing. Visitors to the markets are offered fresh-frozen steaks, carcasses, backs, cod liver, which is loved by many and is very healthy, as well as canned caviar from this fish. In addition, on the shelves you can find a real delicacy – cod tongues, a rare product that you will not find on supermarket shelves.

February is also the season for catching cod’s relative, pollock. At the Moscow-on-the-Wave markets, customers can buy this fish frozen, breaded, and also pollock caviar and liver. By the way, the caviar of this codfish is not inferior to the caviar of the cod itself in terms of useful properties, and in some ways even surpasses it. For example, it is less caloric and more saturated with protein.

The fat content of mackerel caught in winter is about 27 percent, and it is not considered high in calories. Lightly salted, hot and cold smoked mackerel, as well as fresh frozen, are available at fish markets.

Canned Caspian sprat, a legendary product that was included in the diet of Soviet cosmonauts, can also be bought by city residents at the fish markets in Kosino-Ukhtomsky and Mitino. Here it is available in different forms: in its own juice, tomato sauce and as sprats.

Baltic herring, or sprat, which contains retinol, zinc, iodine, magnesium and other essential microelements and vitamins, should be looked for in the smoked and salted fish sections of the markets.

The Moscow-on-the-Wave fish market opened in the Kosino-Ukhtomsky district in November 2023, and in Mitino on September 25, 2024. Sergei Sobyanin reported, that last year they were visited by more than 1.5 million people, and more than one thousand tons of products were sold.

The Moscow on the Wave markets offer a wide range of fish and seafood from three oceans and 13 seas that wash Russia. Residents and guests of the capital can buy fresh carp, chilled Murmansk salmon, red mullet on skewers, northern omul and whitefish in fresh-frozen and smoked form, as well as lightly salted tugunok, Olyutor herring and much more.

More information about the activity Department of Trade and Services Moscow cities can be found on the department’s official Telegram channel.

Sobyanin: More than 1.5 million people visited the Moscow on the Wave markets in 2024

Please note: This information is raw content directly from the source of the information. It is exactly what the source states and does not reflect the position of MIL-OSI or its clients.

Please Note; This Information is Raw Content Directly from the Information Source. It is account to What the Source Is Stating and Does Not Reflect the Position of Mil-Sosi or Its Clients.

https: //vv.mos.ru/nevs/ite/149718073/

MIL OSI Russia News –

February 5, 2025
MIL-OSI China: Mobile payments enhance tourism

Source: China State Council Information Office

A consumer scans an Alipay QR code to pay for the order at a self-service restaurant in Hangzhou, Zhejiang province. [Photo/Xinhua]

China’s convenient mobile payment services have bolstered tourism-related consumption and injected fresh momentum into the country’s economic recovery during the Spring Festival holiday, experts and industry insiders said.

They added that an increasing number of overseas travelers have come to experience Chinese culture and opted for online payment tools following the implementation of expanded visa-free entry and transit policies, and the country’s enhanced efforts to facilitate payments for foreigners.

Data from Alipay, the digital payment arm of Chinese financial technology company Ant Group, showed that spending made by inbound tourists on the platform surged 1.5 times from Jan 28 to Saturday, compared with the first five days of last year’s Spring Festival holiday.

The number of Chinese merchants using Alipay for foreign visitors witnessed a 100 percent increase during the period, while the expenditure from some overseas tourists, who can enjoy visa-free policies when visiting China, nearly tripled via Alipay over the previous Spring Festival.

Chinese cities with abundant intangible cultural heritage have been favored by foreign tourists. The top five cities that saw the highest expenditure from inbound travelers using Alipay for in-depth travel and consumption were Suzhou in Jiangsu province, Zhongshan, Foshan and Jiangmen in Guangdong province, and Xi’an in Shaanxi province.

Hong Yong, an associate research fellow at the Chinese Academy of International Trade and Economic Cooperation, said, “China’s mobile payment options, such as Alipay and WeChat Pay, have greatly simplified the payment process, improved transaction efficiency and provided consumers with a more convenient payment experience.”

Hong said the widespread use of digital payment methods and expanded visa-free policies have attracted a large number of inbound tourists, thus further propelling the development of the tourism industry, stimulating consumption demand — including catering, accommodation and transportation as well as injecting more vitality into the country’s economic growth.

China has been working to make mobile payment processes more accessible to foreigners. The State Council, China’s Cabinet, published a guideline in March aimed at improving payment services and enhancing payment convenience, so as to better meet the diversified payment needs of the elderly and foreign visitors.

Foreign travelers can now link their international bank cards such as Visa and Mastercard to mobile payment platforms like Alipay and WeChat Pay, greatly streamlining the payment processes. Alipay has also allowed foreigners to use their familiar e-wallets from their home country by scanning Alipay QR codes.

Chinese financial services provider UnionPay International in December introduced enhanced payment services for foreign visitors to the Chinese mainland in collaboration with WeChat Pay.

Travelers using any of eight overseas e-wallets, such as Bangkok Bank Mobile Banking and Naver Pay, which is frequently used in South Korea, can make payments on the Chinese mainland by scanning WeChat QR codes.

Pan Helin, a member of the Expert Committee for Information and Communication Economy, which operates under the Ministry of Industry and Information Technology, said innovative mobile payment tools have not only helped tackle payment difficulties faced by international travelers, but also boosted inbound tourism and the recovery of domestic consumption.

A slew of convenient measures optimizing mobile payments for foreigners have demonstrated the country’s resolve to expand high-standard opening-up, said Wang Pengbo, a senior analyst at market consultancy Botong Analysys.

MIL OSI China News –

February 5, 2025
MIL-OSI USA: Lummis, Hagerty, Gillibrand, Scott Introduce Bipartisan Stablecoin Regulatory Framework
US Senate News:
Source: United States Senator for Wyoming Cynthia Lummis

Washington, D.C.— Senate Banking Subcommittee on Digital Assets Chair Cynthia Lummis (R-WY) joined U.S. Senator Bill Hagerty (R-TN), Sen. Kirsten Gillibrand (D-NY) and Senate Banking Committee Chair Sen. Tim Scott (R-SC) in introducing the Guiding and Establishing National Innovation for U.S. Stablecoins (GENIUS) Act to establish a clear regulatory framework for payment stablecoins.

“Creating a bipartisan regulatory framework for stablecoins is critical to maintaining the U.S.’s dollar dominance and promoting responsible financial innovation,” said Lummis. “I’m proud to support Sen. Hagerty’s important legislation, which goes a long way towards protecting Wyoming’s regulatory framework for digital assets, and ensures stablecoin issuers have a real choice when it comes to a state or national charter.”

“From enhancing transaction efficiency to driving demand for U.S. Treasuries, the potential benefits of strong stablecoin innovation are immense,” said Hagerty. “My legislation establishes a safe and pro-growth regulatory framework that will unleash innovation and advance the President’s mission to make America the world capital of crypto.”

“Stablecoins enable faster, cheaper, and competitive transactions in our digital world and facilitate seamless cross-border payments,” said Scott. “This legislation will expand financial inclusion and provide much-needed clarity to ensure the industry can innovate and grow here in the United States, while protecting consumers and promoting the U.S. dollar’s global position. I look forward to working with our colleagues – including House Financial Services Chairman French Hill – to advance this legislation to President Trump’s desk.”

“Passing clear and sensible regulations for stablecoins is critical to maintaining U.S. dollar dominance, promoting responsible innovation, and protecting consumers,” said Gillibrand. “The bipartisan Guiding and Establishing National Innovation for U.S. Stablecoins Act protects consumers by requiring stablecoin issuers to maintain one-to-one reserves; prohibiting algorithmic stablecoins; and requiring issuers to comply with U.S. anti-money-laundering and sanctions rules. Importantly, it will empower responsible innovation, maintain U.S. leadership in digital assets and blockchain technology, and keep crypto companies and jobs onshore. The future of stablecoins and cryptocurrency has strong bipartisan support—I’m proud to introduce this bill with Senators Hagerty, Lummis and Scott, and look forward to working together to pass this important legislation.”

The GENIUS Act:
- Defines a payment stablecoin as a digital asset used for payment or settlement that is pegged to a fixed monetary value;
- Establishes clear procedures for institutions seeking charters or licenses to issue stablecoins;
- Implements reserve requirements and tailored regulatory standards for stablecoin issuers;
- For State issuers of more than $10 billion in stablecoins, establishes the Federal Reserve Board as the joint supervisor of depository institutions and the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (OCC) as the joint supervisor of State nonbank issuers above $10 billion;
- Establishes supervisory, examination, and enforcement regimes with clear limitations.
Full text of the bill can be found here.
MIL OSI USA News –
February 5, 2025

Category: Trade

IICA and CMAI Sign MoU to Enhance Capacity for DecarbonisationShri Nitin Gadkari, Minister for Road, Transport & Highways, Graced the Day 1 of the IICA-CMAI Masterclass on Global & Indian Carbon Markets

Types of “Nigerian” email messages

Email from wealthy benefactors

Compensation scams

Lottery scams

Online dating scams

“Nigerian” spam for businesses

Current “Nigerian” spam themes

Creativity unbound

Conclusion

IICA and CMAI Sign MoU to Enhance Capacity for Decarbonisation

Shri Nitin Gadkari, Minister for Road, Transport & Highways, Graced the Day 1 of the IICA-CMAI Masterclass on Global & Indian Carbon Markets